Odoo Translation Bot
15536 lines
764 KiB
Plaintext
15536 lines
764 KiB
Plaintext
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||
#
|
||
# Translators:
|
||
# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@tecnativa.com>, 2021
|
||
# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2021
|
||
# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021
|
||
# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||
# Miguel Orueta <mo@landoo.es>, 2021
|
||
# renodoo <ren@odoo.com>, 2021
|
||
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||
# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2021
|
||
# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||
# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2021
|
||
# Josep Anton Belchi, 2021
|
||
# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2022
|
||
# Lucia Pacheco, 2023
|
||
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
|
||
# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023
|
||
# Braulio D. López Vázquez <bdl@odoo.com>, 2023
|
||
# Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023
|
||
# Iran Villalobos López, 2023
|
||
#
|
||
#, fuzzy
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-06 05:52+0000\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Language: es\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Inventory & MRP"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "Inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse "
|
||
"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage"
|
||
" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like "
|
||
"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**El inventario de Odoo** es tanto una aplicación de inventario como un "
|
||
"sistema de gestión de almacén, además de que incluye una aplicación muy "
|
||
"avanzada de lector de código de barras. Aprenda a gestionar los tiempos de "
|
||
"espera, automatice los reabastecimientos y configure rutas avanzadas, como "
|
||
"triangulación de envíos, cross-docking, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Tutoriales de Odoo: Inventario <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Tutotiales de Odoo: Lector de código de barras "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Códigos de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Daily Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Operaciones diarias"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Proceso para un Ajuste de Inventarios con Código de Barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open"
|
||
" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para realizar un ajuste de inventarios utilizando códigos de barras necesita"
|
||
" abrir la aplicación \"Código de Barras\". Después, desde la aplicación, dar"
|
||
" click en \"Ajuste de Inventarios\""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet "
|
||
"*Commands for Inventory*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea trabajar completamente con códigos de barras, puede descargar la "
|
||
"hoja * Comandos para inventario *."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to "
|
||
"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que haya hecho clic en * Ajustes de inventario *, Odoo creará uno "
|
||
"automáticamente. Tenga en cuenta que, si trabaja con varias ubicaciones, "
|
||
"primero debe especificar en qué ubicación se realiza el ajuste de "
|
||
"inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the "
|
||
"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si no trabaja con múltiples ubicaciones, podrá escanear los diferentes "
|
||
"productos que desea incluir en el ajuste de inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set"
|
||
" the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si tiene 5 artículos idénticos, escanee 5 veces o use el teclado para "
|
||
"establecer la cantidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if "
|
||
"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in "
|
||
"manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Además de usar el escáner de código de barras, también puede agregar "
|
||
"manualmente un producto si es necesario. Para hacerlo, haga clic en * "
|
||
"Agregar producto * y complete la información manualmente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
|
||
"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando haya escaneado todos los artículos de la ubicación, valide el "
|
||
"inventario manualmente o escanee el código de barras * Validar *."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Overview"
|
||
msgstr "Información general"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful."
|
||
" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in"
|
||
" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get "
|
||
"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the "
|
||
"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Existen diferentes situaciones en las que las nomenclaturas de códigos de "
|
||
"barras pueden ser útiles. Un caso de uso conocido es el de un punto de venta"
|
||
" que vende productos a granel, en el que los clientes escalarán sus "
|
||
"productos por sí mismos y obtendrán el código de barras impreso para pegarlo"
|
||
" en el producto. Este código de barras contendrá el peso del producto y "
|
||
"ayudará a calcular el precio debidamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una nomenclatura de código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
|
||
"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
|
||
"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. To do so, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo es compatible con nomenclaturas del código de barras. Estas "
|
||
"nomenclaturas determinan el mapeo de la información encriptada. Puede "
|
||
"configurar su nomenclatura de código de barras en el :ref:`modo de "
|
||
"desarrollador <developer-mode>`. Para hacerlo, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Nomenclatura del código de "
|
||
"barras`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to "
|
||
"create your first rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede crear una nomenclatura de código de barras desde ese menú y luego "
|
||
"agregar una línea para crear su primera regla."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode "
|
||
"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature,"
|
||
" in our case it will be Weighted Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El primer paso es especificar el ** nombre de la regla **, por ejemplo "
|
||
"Código de barras de Peso con 3 decimales. Luego debe especificar el tipo de "
|
||
"nomenclatura de código de barras, en nuestro caso será Peso del Producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of "
|
||
"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will "
|
||
"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start."
|
||
" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there"
|
||
" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the"
|
||
" “D” define the decimals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El patrón de código de barras es una expresión regular que define la "
|
||
"estructura del código de barras. En este ejemplo 21 define los productos en "
|
||
"los que se aplicará la regla, esos son los números con los que debe comenzar"
|
||
" el código de barras del producto. Los 5 “puntos” son los siguientes números"
|
||
" del código de barras del producto y están ahí simplemente para identificar "
|
||
"el producto en cuestión. La “N” define un número y la “D” define los "
|
||
"decimales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should"
|
||
" be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La codificación permite especificar la codificación del código de barras en "
|
||
"la que se debe aplicar la regla."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the "
|
||
"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede definir diferentes reglas y ordenar su prioridad gracias a la "
|
||
"secuencia. Se aplicará la primera regla que coincida con el código de barras"
|
||
" escaneado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Configure your Product"
|
||
msgstr "Configure su producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
|
||
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
|
||
msgstr "El código de barras del producto debe comenzar por “21”;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to "
|
||
"identify the product;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los 5 “puntos” son los otros números del código de barras de su producto, lo"
|
||
" que permite identificar el producto;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case"
|
||
" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El código de barras debe contener 0 donde definió D o N. En este caso, "
|
||
"necesitamos establecer 5 ceros ya que configuramos “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know"
|
||
" which digit it should be in your case."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En EAN-13, el último número es un número verificador, use un generador EAN13"
|
||
" para saber qué dígito debería ser en su caso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following"
|
||
" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when "
|
||
"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the "
|
||
"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si pesa 1,5 kg de pasta, la balanza le imprimirá el siguiente código de "
|
||
"barras 2112345015002. Si escanea este código de barras en su punto de venta "
|
||
"o cuando reciba productos en su aplicación de código de barras, Odoo creará "
|
||
"automáticamente una nueva línea para el producto Pasta para una cantidad de "
|
||
"1.5 Kg. Para el punto de venta, también se calculará un precio que depende "
|
||
"de la cantidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Rule Types"
|
||
msgstr "Tipos de reglas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"price, used in POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"** Producto con precio **: le permite identificar el producto y especificar "
|
||
"su precio, utilizado en POS."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied "
|
||
"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the "
|
||
"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"** Producto con descuento **: le permite crear un código de barras por "
|
||
"descuento aplicado. Luego puede escanear su producto en el punto de venta y "
|
||
"luego escanear el código de barras de descuento, el descuento se aplicará al"
|
||
" precio normal del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the "
|
||
"weight) and in inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"** Producto con peso **: le permite identificar el producto y especificar su"
|
||
" peso, utilizado tanto en el punto de venta (en el que el precio se calcula "
|
||
"en función del peso) como en el inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with "
|
||
"loyalty program."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Cliente**: le permite identificar al cliente, por ejemplo, utilizado con "
|
||
"el programa de fidelización."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS."
|
||
msgstr "**Cajero**: le permite identificar al cajero al ingresar al TPV."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-"
|
||
"location is activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Ubicación**: le permite identificar la ubicación en una transferencia "
|
||
"cuando se activa la ubicación múltiple."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are"
|
||
" activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Paquete**: le permite identificar paquetes en una transferencia cuando los"
|
||
" paquetes están activados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the "
|
||
"Mercury module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Tarjeta de crédito**: no necesita modificación manual, existe para los "
|
||
"datos del módulo Mercury."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and "
|
||
"transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Producto unitario**: le permite identificar un producto tanto para POS "
|
||
"como para transferencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any "
|
||
"number of characters, those characters being any number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando el patrón de código de barras contiene. *, significa que puede "
|
||
"contener cualquier número de caracteres y estos caracteres pueden ser "
|
||
"cualquier número."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Proceso para transferencias"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Simple Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Transferencias simples"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to "
|
||
"*Operations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para procesar una transferencia desde la aplicación *Código de barras*, el "
|
||
"primer paso es ir a *Operaciones*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to "
|
||
"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to "
|
||
"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, tiene la opción de ingresar una transferencia existente. Para hacer "
|
||
"esto puede ir al tipo de operación correspondiente y seleccionar manualmente"
|
||
" la que desea ingresar, o puede escanear el código de barras de la "
|
||
"transferencia."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the "
|
||
"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the "
|
||
"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with "
|
||
"the stock moves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde ahí, podrá escanear los productos que forman parte de la transferencia"
|
||
" existente y / o agregar nuevos productos a esta transferencia. Una vez que "
|
||
"se hayan escaneado todos los productos, puede validar la transferencia para "
|
||
"continuar con los movimientos de stock."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add "
|
||
"additional steps for the different operation types."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si tiene diferentes ubicaciones de almacenamiento en su almacén, puede "
|
||
"agregar pasos adicionales para los diferentes tipos de operación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Receipts"
|
||
msgstr "Recepciones"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to "
|
||
"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main "
|
||
"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode "
|
||
"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al recibir un producto en stock, debe escanear su código de barras para "
|
||
"identificarlo en el sistema. Una vez que haya realizado esto, puede hacer "
|
||
"que ingrese la ubicación principal de la transferencia, por ejemplo WH / "
|
||
"Almacén, o escanear un código de barras de ubicación para que ingrese una "
|
||
"sububicación de la ubicación principal."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply "
|
||
"scan the next product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea que el producto ingrese WH/Stock en nuestro ejemplo, simplemente "
|
||
"puede escanear el siguiente producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Órdenes de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is "
|
||
"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start "
|
||
"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al entregar un producto, debe escanear la ubicación de origen si es "
|
||
"diferente a la establecida inicialmente en la transferencia. Luego, puede "
|
||
"comenzar a escanear los productos que se entregan desde esta ubicación "
|
||
"específica."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to "
|
||
"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to "
|
||
"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the "
|
||
"*Previous* and *Next* buttons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se han escaneado los diferentes productos, tiene la posibilidad "
|
||
"de escanear otra ubicación, como WH/Almacén, y se agregará otra página a su "
|
||
"pedido de entrega. Puede moverse de uno a otro gracias a los botones "
|
||
"*Anterior* y *Siguiente*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you "
|
||
"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora, puede validar su transferencia. Para hacerlo, haga clic en "
|
||
"*Siguiente* hasta llegar a la última página de la transferencia. Allí podrás"
|
||
" validarlo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Internal Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Transferencias internas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to "
|
||
"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in "
|
||
"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al realizar una transferencia interna con ubicación múltiple, primero debe "
|
||
"escanear la ubicación de origen del producto. Luego, puede escanear el "
|
||
"producto en sí mismo, antes de tener que escanear el código de barras de la "
|
||
"ubicación de destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct,"
|
||
" you don’t need to scan them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el origen y el destino de las transferencias internas ya son correctos, "
|
||
"no necesita escanearlos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89
|
||
msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products"
|
||
msgstr "Transferencias con productos rastreados"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways "
|
||
"of working:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si trabaja con productos rastreados por lotes/números de serie, tiene dos "
|
||
"formas de trabajar:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, "
|
||
"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the"
|
||
" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si trabaja con números de serie o lote en todos los productos, puede "
|
||
"escanear el código de barras del lote/número de serie y Odoo aumentará la "
|
||
"cantidad del producto, configurando su número de lote o serie."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work "
|
||
"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the "
|
||
"lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si tiene el mismo número de serie o lote para diferentes productos, puede "
|
||
"trabajar escaneando primero el código de barras del producto y luego el "
|
||
"código de barras del número de serie o lote."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una transferencia desde cero"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print"
|
||
" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode "
|
||
"sheet* from the home page of the app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear una transferencia desde la aplicación *Código de barras*, primero"
|
||
" debe imprimir los códigos de barras del tipo de operación. Para hacerlo, "
|
||
"puede descargar la *Hoja de códigos de barras de inventario* desde la página"
|
||
" de inicio de la aplicación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document."
|
||
" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your "
|
||
"products to populate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez hecho esto, puede escanear el código de barras para el que desea "
|
||
"crear un nuevo documento. Luego, se creará un documento vacío y podrá "
|
||
"escanear sus productos para completarlo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar su escáner de código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
|
||
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
|
||
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aprender a trabajar con el lector de código de barras en Odoo es bastante "
|
||
"fácil. De igual manera, una buena experiencia de usuario depende de una "
|
||
"configuración adecuada de las herramientas. Esta guía le ayudará a través de"
|
||
" tareas de elección y configuración del escáner de código de barras. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Encuentre el lector de código de barras que se adapte a sus necesidades"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
|
||
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
|
||
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los 3 tipos recomendados de lectores de códigos de barras para trabajar con "
|
||
"los módulos de **Inventario** y **Lector de código de barras** de Odoo son "
|
||
"el **Lector por USB**, **El lector por bluetooth** y el **Lector móvil por "
|
||
"computadora**. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
|
||
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
|
||
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
|
||
"be configured to be so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si va a escanear los productos cerca de una computadora, el **lector por "
|
||
"USB** es la mejor manera de hacerlo. Simplemente conéctelo a la computadora "
|
||
"para empezar a escanear. Solo asegúrese cuando lo compre que el escáner es "
|
||
"compatible con su distribución de teclado o que se puede configurar para que"
|
||
" lo sea."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
|
||
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
|
||
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
|
||
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
|
||
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El **lector por bluetooth** se puede usar junto con un teléfono inteligente "
|
||
"o una tableta y es una buena opción si desea contar con movilidad pero no "
|
||
"necesita realizar una gran inversión. Una de las formas de hacerlo es "
|
||
"iniciar sesión en Odoo en su teléfono inteligente, emparejar el lector por "
|
||
"bluetooth con el teléfono inteligente y trabajar en el almacén con la "
|
||
"posibilidad de revisar su teléfono inteligente de vez en cuando y usar el "
|
||
"software 'manualmente'."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
|
||
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
|
||
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
|
||
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
|
||
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
|
||
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
|
||
" it is essential to test it first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para uso intensivo, el **lector móvil por computadora** es la solución más "
|
||
"práctica. Consiste en una pequeña computadora con un lector de código de "
|
||
"barras incorporado. Esta puede resultar una solución muy productiva, sin "
|
||
"embargo, debe asegurarse de que sea capaz de ejecutar Odoo sin problemas. "
|
||
"Podrá trabajar con los modelos más recientes que usan Android + Google "
|
||
"Chrome o Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile. Sin embargo, debido a la "
|
||
"variedad de modelos y configuraciones en el mercado, es esencial probarlo "
|
||
"primero."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar su lector de código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Keyboard layout"
|
||
msgstr "Diseño del teclado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
|
||
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
|
||
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
|
||
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un escáner USB de código de barras necesita estar configurado para usar la "
|
||
"misma distribución de teclado que su sistema operativo, su lector no puede "
|
||
"traducir los caracteres correctamente (remplazando una 'A' con una 'Q' por "
|
||
"ejemplo). La mayoría de los escáneres están configurados para escanear el "
|
||
"código de barras apropiado en el manual del usuario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
|
||
msgstr "Retorno de carro automático"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
|
||
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
|
||
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
|
||
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
|
||
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
|
||
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por defecto, Odoo tiene unos 50 milisegundos de retraso cada vez que escanea"
|
||
" productos consecutivamente (esto ayuda a evitar que escanee el código de "
|
||
"barras dos veces por accidente). Si quiere omitir este retraso, puede "
|
||
"configurar su lector para insertar un salto de línea al final de cada código"
|
||
" de barras. Usualmente esta es la configuración automática y se puede "
|
||
"configurar explícitamente para esto si escanea un código de barras "
|
||
"específico en el manual del usuario ('CR suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for "
|
||
"suffix', etc.)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "Active los códigos de barras en Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
|
||
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
|
||
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
|
||
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
|
||
"the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las funciones de lectura de códigos de barras pueden ahorrarle tiempo que "
|
||
"generalmente pierde cambiando entre el teclado, el ratón y el escáner. "
|
||
"Atribuir adecuadamente los códigos de barras a productos, ubicaciones de "
|
||
"recolección, etc. le permite trabajar de manera más eficiente controlando el"
|
||
" software casi exclusivamente con el escáner de códigos de barras."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
|
||
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
|
||
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para usar esta función, primero debe activar la funcionalidad *Código de "
|
||
"barras* a través de :menuselection: `Inventario -> Configuración -> Código "
|
||
"de Barras`. Una vez que haya marcado la función, puede presionar guardar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Establecer códigos de barras de productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
|
||
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
|
||
"Products Barcodes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede asignar fácilmente códigos de barras a sus diferentes productos a "
|
||
"través de la aplicación *Inventario *. Para hacerlo, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Configurar códigos de barras de "
|
||
"productos`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
|
||
"at creation on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, tiene la posibilidad de asignar códigos de barras a sus productos "
|
||
"directamente en la creación en el formulario del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
|
||
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tenga cuidado, agregue códigos de barras directamente en las variantes del "
|
||
"producto y no en la plantilla del producto. De lo contrario, no podrá "
|
||
"diferenciarlos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Establecer códigos de barras de ubicaciones"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si administra varias ubicaciones, le resultará útil atribuir un código de "
|
||
"barras a cada ubicación y pegarlo en ella. Puede configurar los códigos de "
|
||
"barras de ubicaciones en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ubicaciones`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
|
||
"*Print* menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede imprimir fácilmente el código de barras que asigna a las ubicaciones a"
|
||
" través del menú *Imprimir*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Barcode Formats"
|
||
msgstr "Formatos de código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||
"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La mayoría de los productos minoristas utilizan códigos de barras EAN-13. No"
|
||
" se pueden crear sin la debida autorización. Debe pagar una tarifa a la "
|
||
"International Numbering Association (Asociación de Numeración Internacional)"
|
||
" para obtener una secuencia de código EAN."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your "
|
||
"own barcode format for internal use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aun así, como Odoo admite cualquier cadena como código de barras, siempre "
|
||
"puede definir su propio formato de código de barras para uso interno."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouse Management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestión de almacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Números de Lote/Serie"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre los números de lote y de serie?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||
msgstr "Introducción"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
|
||
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
|
||
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, los números de lote y de serie tiene similitudes en su sistema "
|
||
"funcional pero son diferentes en su comportamiento. Ambos se administran "
|
||
"dentro de **Inventario**, **Compras** y la aplicación de **Ventas**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
|
||
"altogether in one single pack."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los **Lotes** corresponden a un cierto número de productos que recibió y "
|
||
"almacenó juntos en un solo paquete."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
|
||
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
|
||
"delivery and after-sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los **números de serie** son números de identificación dados a un producto "
|
||
"en particular, para permitir el seguimiento histórico de un artículo desde "
|
||
"la recepción hasta la entrega y posterior a la entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
|
||
msgid "When to use"
|
||
msgstr "Cuándo usarlo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
|
||
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
|
||
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
|
||
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
|
||
"food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los **Lotes** funcionan para productos que se reciben en gran cantidad y "
|
||
"para los cuales un número de lote puede ayudar en los reportes, controles de"
|
||
" calidad, o cualquier otra información. Los lotes le ayudarán a identificar "
|
||
"un grupo de piezas que, por ejemplo, un defecto de producción. También puede"
|
||
" ser útil para un lote de producción de ropa o alimentos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
|
||
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
|
||
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
|
||
" way you manage these products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los **números de serie** son útiles para artículos que podrían requerir "
|
||
"servicio posventa, como celulares, laptops, refrigeradores, y cualquier "
|
||
"dispositivo electrónico. Puede utilizar el número de seria del fabricante o "
|
||
"el propio, dependiendo de cómo administre estos productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
|
||
msgid "When not to use"
|
||
msgstr "Cuándo no usarlo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
|
||
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
|
||
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Almacenar productos consumibles como papel de cocina, papel higiénico, "
|
||
"lápices y bloques de papel en lotes no tendría ningún sentido, ya que hay "
|
||
"pocas oportunidades que pueda regresarlos por fallos de producción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
|
||
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
|
||
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
|
||
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por otro lado, darle un número de serie a cada producto es una tarea de "
|
||
"consumo de tiempo que solo servirá en caso de artículos que tienen una "
|
||
"garantía y/o servicio de posventa. Ponerle un número de serie al pan, por "
|
||
"ejemplo, no tiene sentido."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:48
|
||
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:49
|
||
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Expiration dates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles "
|
||
"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates "
|
||
"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending "
|
||
"expired products to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* "
|
||
"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been"
|
||
" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for "
|
||
"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, "
|
||
"buy and sell perishable products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Enable expiration dates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and"
|
||
" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional "
|
||
"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery "
|
||
"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these "
|
||
"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage "
|
||
"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Configure expiration dates on products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` "
|
||
"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, "
|
||
"expiration information can be configured on individual products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
|
||
"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form "
|
||
"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
|
||
"in the upper-left corner to make changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration "
|
||
"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either "
|
||
":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must "
|
||
"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field "
|
||
"appears to the right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
|
||
"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order "
|
||
"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is"
|
||
" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to"
|
||
" the same lot, if any issues arise."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration "
|
||
"information to configure for the product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products "
|
||
"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may "
|
||
"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date "
|
||
"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being "
|
||
"dangerous yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
|
||
"which the goods should be removed from stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
|
||
"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a"
|
||
" particular serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration "
|
||
"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or "
|
||
"manufactured in-house."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for "
|
||
"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon "
|
||
"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, "
|
||
"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from"
|
||
" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new "
|
||
"request for quotation (RFQ)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add "
|
||
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This "
|
||
"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order "
|
||
"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
|
||
"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. "
|
||
"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products."
|
||
" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an "
|
||
"assigned lot or serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0
|
||
msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon "
|
||
"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial "
|
||
"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on "
|
||
"the product form (if previously configured)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, "
|
||
"this date can be manually entered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
|
||
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
|
||
"#`; and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151
|
||
msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. "
|
||
"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order "
|
||
"(MO) needs to be completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding"
|
||
" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170
|
||
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number "
|
||
"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to "
|
||
"automatically assign a new lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail "
|
||
"form for that specific number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information "
|
||
"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same "
|
||
"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, "
|
||
"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191
|
||
msgid "Sell products with expiration dates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any "
|
||
"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to "
|
||
"create a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new "
|
||
"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the "
|
||
"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
|
||
"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected "
|
||
"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales "
|
||
"order to see the warehouse receipt form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically "
|
||
"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the "
|
||
"customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the "
|
||
"product form, then no alerts will be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal "
|
||
"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be "
|
||
"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock "
|
||
"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the "
|
||
"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest "
|
||
"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Categories`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227
|
||
msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`"
|
||
" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`,"
|
||
" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down "
|
||
"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and "
|
||
"the assigned lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243
|
||
msgid "Expiration alerts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
|
||
"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. "
|
||
"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail "
|
||
"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information "
|
||
"related to the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the "
|
||
"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or "
|
||
"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration "
|
||
"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are "
|
||
"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that "
|
||
"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot"
|
||
" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is "
|
||
"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a"
|
||
" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common "
|
||
"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. "
|
||
"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows "
|
||
"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their "
|
||
"lifecycles."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large "
|
||
"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product "
|
||
"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or "
|
||
"expiration dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be "
|
||
"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click "
|
||
"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Track products by lots"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, "
|
||
"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do "
|
||
"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
|
||
"and choose a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the "
|
||
"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be "
|
||
"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
|
||
"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign"
|
||
" lot numbers to the existing stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot "
|
||
"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->"
|
||
" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a "
|
||
"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated "
|
||
"automatically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to "
|
||
"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired "
|
||
"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, "
|
||
"and changing the generated number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank "
|
||
"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this "
|
||
"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, "
|
||
"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a "
|
||
"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-"
|
||
"website environment)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be "
|
||
"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"button to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired "
|
||
"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`"
|
||
" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the "
|
||
"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` "
|
||
"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this "
|
||
"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and"
|
||
" assigned to it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. "
|
||
"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order "
|
||
"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales "
|
||
"order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100
|
||
msgid "Manage lots on receipts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the "
|
||
"purchase order (PO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app "
|
||
"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary "
|
||
"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products "
|
||
"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` "
|
||
"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is "
|
||
"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` "
|
||
"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered "
|
||
"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-"
|
||
"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot "
|
||
"number being assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a "
|
||
":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). "
|
||
"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the "
|
||
"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` "
|
||
"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the"
|
||
" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. "
|
||
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for "
|
||
"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Demand`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with "
|
||
"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to "
|
||
"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial"
|
||
" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of"
|
||
" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually "
|
||
"entered in each of the lot number lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0
|
||
msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt."
|
||
" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`"
|
||
" assigned, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170
|
||
msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the "
|
||
"sales order (SO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app "
|
||
"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines "
|
||
"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button"
|
||
" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an "
|
||
":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt "
|
||
"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a "
|
||
"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). "
|
||
"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, "
|
||
"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if"
|
||
" there is enough stock in that particular lot)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the "
|
||
"total quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the "
|
||
"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO "
|
||
"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will "
|
||
"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one "
|
||
"lot to fulfill the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button "
|
||
"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`"
|
||
" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared "
|
||
"the same lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228
|
||
msgid "Manage lots for different operations types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** "
|
||
"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot "
|
||
"be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on"
|
||
" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation "
|
||
"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` "
|
||
"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be "
|
||
"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button"
|
||
" to save the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking "
|
||
"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. "
|
||
"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be "
|
||
"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for"
|
||
" warehouse receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258
|
||
msgid "Lots traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Trazabilidad de lotes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
|
||
"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was "
|
||
"stored, and who (and when) it went to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
|
||
"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
|
||
"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have "
|
||
"assigned to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the "
|
||
"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from "
|
||
"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded "
|
||
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use serial numbers to track products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in "
|
||
"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or "
|
||
"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items"
|
||
" and products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can "
|
||
"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical "
|
||
"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure "
|
||
"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply"
|
||
" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-"
|
||
"sales services to products that they sell and deliver."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down "
|
||
"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"button to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, "
|
||
"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure "
|
||
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
|
||
"choose a desired product to track."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` "
|
||
"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers "
|
||
"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches "
|
||
"of this product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-"
|
||
"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock"
|
||
" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to "
|
||
"the product by making an inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no "
|
||
"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so "
|
||
"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the "
|
||
"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by "
|
||
"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and "
|
||
"changing the generated number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field "
|
||
"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, "
|
||
"select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to "
|
||
"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a "
|
||
"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-"
|
||
"website environment)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product,"
|
||
" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this "
|
||
"newly-created serial number was just assigned to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` "
|
||
"smart button to view the new serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods."
|
||
" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase "
|
||
"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the "
|
||
"sales order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the"
|
||
" purchase order (PO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase "
|
||
"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary "
|
||
"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired "
|
||
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm "
|
||
"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a "
|
||
"purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the "
|
||
"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
|
||
"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to "
|
||
"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered "
|
||
"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated "
|
||
"without a serial number being assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the "
|
||
"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-"
|
||
"up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, "
|
||
"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from"
|
||
" a spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142
|
||
msgid "Assign serial numbers manually"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where "
|
||
"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field "
|
||
"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155
|
||
msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to "
|
||
"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of "
|
||
"the individual products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial "
|
||
"number in the desired order to be assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items "
|
||
"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate "
|
||
"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first "
|
||
"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the "
|
||
"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create "
|
||
"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the "
|
||
"column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can "
|
||
"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, "
|
||
"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign "
|
||
"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on"
|
||
" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from "
|
||
"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt."
|
||
" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
|
||
"#`, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
|
||
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
|
||
"#`, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the"
|
||
" sales order (SO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing "
|
||
"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill "
|
||
"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding "
|
||
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` "
|
||
"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button"
|
||
" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation "
|
||
"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button"
|
||
" appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, "
|
||
"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with "
|
||
"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial "
|
||
"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button "
|
||
"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`"
|
||
" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product "
|
||
"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon "
|
||
"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers "
|
||
"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers "
|
||
"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be"
|
||
" used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any "
|
||
"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then "
|
||
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and "
|
||
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` "
|
||
"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284
|
||
msgid "Serial number traceability"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the"
|
||
" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was "
|
||
"stored, and who it went to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
|
||
"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
|
||
"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been "
|
||
"specifically assigned to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from "
|
||
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, "
|
||
"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down "
|
||
"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded "
|
||
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique "
|
||
"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per "
|
||
"serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot "
|
||
"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific "
|
||
"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all "
|
||
"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that "
|
||
"serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Otras operaciones"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Batch Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Procese transferencias en lote"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing "
|
||
"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you "
|
||
"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it,"
|
||
" either via the barcode application or in the form view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La recolección en lotes permite que un solo recolector gestione un lote de "
|
||
"órdenes, lo que reducirá el número de veces que se debe visitar la misma "
|
||
"ubicación. En Odoo, esto significa que puedes agrupar varias varias "
|
||
"transferencias en la misma transferencia en lote. Después la podrá procesar "
|
||
"ya sea mediante el código de barras o en la vista de plantilla."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una transferencia en lote"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para activar la opción de recolección por lote, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Configuración` y active "
|
||
"*Recolección por lote*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option "
|
||
"in the Odoo Inventory app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` "
|
||
"and hit the create button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Translado por "
|
||
"lotes` y haga clic al botón de crear."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you "
|
||
"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a"
|
||
" line*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora, determine el traslado por lote responsable y los tipos de traslados "
|
||
"que quiere incluir en el lote. Para agregar los tipos de traslados, haga "
|
||
"clic en *agregar una línea*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that "
|
||
"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to "
|
||
"be included in the batch transfer were selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el ejemplo de abajo se aplicó un filtro para que solo veamos las "
|
||
"transferencias que están en la etapa *recolectar*. Después de eso, se "
|
||
"eligieron las diferentes transferencias que se necesitan incluir en el "
|
||
"traslado por lote."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n"
|
||
"to the batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. "
|
||
"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the "
|
||
"locations they have been reserved from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ver los productos que debe recolectar para los diferentes traslados, "
|
||
"haga clic en *Seleccionar*. Si activó *Múltiples ubicaciones* el documento "
|
||
"también mostrará las ubicaciones para las que se han reservado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target"
|
||
" locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View"
|
||
msgstr "Cree un traslado por lotes desde la vista de listas de traslados "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in "
|
||
"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde la *lista de vista de traslados* seleccione los traslados que se deben"
|
||
" incluir en el lote. Después, seleccione *Agregar al lote* desde la lista de"
|
||
" *Acción*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers "
|
||
"list view"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch "
|
||
"transfer or create a new one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después, determine si quiere agregar los traslados a un traslado por lote en"
|
||
" borrador o si quiere agregar uno nuevo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr "Procese un traslado por lote."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the"
|
||
" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select "
|
||
"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated "
|
||
"too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede editar el traslado por lote y actualizar la *Cantidad hecha* para cada"
|
||
" producto mientras recolecta los productos. Una vez que recolecte todo, "
|
||
"seleccione *Validar* para que los diferentes traslados en el lote también se"
|
||
" validen."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for "
|
||
"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En caso de que no se puedan recolectar todos los productos, puede crear "
|
||
"órdenes parciales individuales para cada transferencia que no se pudo "
|
||
"procesar completamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n"
|
||
"of a batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Procese un traslado por lote desde la aplicación de Barcode (código de "
|
||
"barras)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ingrese a la app de *Barcode* y seleccione el menú de *Traslados por lotes*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch "
|
||
"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después, puede ingresar al traslado por lotes en la que quiere trabajar. Los"
|
||
" traslados por lotes se pueden agrupar fácilmente según la persona "
|
||
"responsable si así se requiere."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source "
|
||
"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la trasferencia por lotes, los productos se clasifican por ubicación. El "
|
||
"documento origen es visible en cada línea y un código de color ayuda a "
|
||
"diferenciarlos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* "
|
||
"button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ver los productos que hay que recolectar de otra ubicación, haga clic "
|
||
"en el botón *Siguiente*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode "
|
||
"application"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last "
|
||
"page) to mark the batch transfer as done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se recolecten todos los productos, haga clic en *Validar* (en la"
|
||
" última página) para marcar la transferencia por lotes como hecha."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either "
|
||
"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers "
|
||
"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's "
|
||
"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called "
|
||
"*consignment*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and "
|
||
"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company "
|
||
"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their "
|
||
"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing "
|
||
"products they don't actually own."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Enable the consignment setting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be "
|
||
"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section,"
|
||
" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into"
|
||
" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply "
|
||
"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase "
|
||
"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of "
|
||
"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then "
|
||
"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same "
|
||
"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields "
|
||
"must match."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the "
|
||
"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of "
|
||
"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be "
|
||
"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold "
|
||
"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` "
|
||
"option enabled on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, "
|
||
"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
|
||
"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
|
||
"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent "
|
||
"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Sales order of consignment stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will "
|
||
"become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`"
|
||
" to validate the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not "
|
||
"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will "
|
||
"*still* appear in certain inventory reports."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, "
|
||
"and choose a report to view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products "
|
||
"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no "
|
||
"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:96
|
||
msgid "Product moves report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information "
|
||
"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product "
|
||
"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` "
|
||
"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` "
|
||
"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to "
|
||
"finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Consignment stock moves history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Stock on hand report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this "
|
||
"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in "
|
||
"addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products,"
|
||
" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Planning"
|
||
msgstr "Planificación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
|
||
msgstr "Cómo se realiza el cálculo de fecha de entrega programada"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It "
|
||
"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, "
|
||
"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate"
|
||
" scheduled dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Es esencial que la empresa brinde la mejor calidad de servicio a sus "
|
||
"clientes. Para lograr esto, se debe planear cada movimiento: fabricación, "
|
||
"órdenes, entregas, recepciones, etcétera. Para lograrlo, necesita configurar"
|
||
" el tiempo de espera apropiadamente y coordinar las fechas programadas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for "
|
||
"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer "
|
||
"will get the products he ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al usar los tiempos de espera, Odoo indica feches de cierre, la *fecha de "
|
||
"compromiso*, para cada propósito. En la orden de venta, por ejemplo, esta es"
|
||
" la fecha en la que su cliente obtendrá los productos que ordenó. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives "
|
||
"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take "
|
||
"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into "
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde el lado del cliente, la fecha de compromiso es importante porque les "
|
||
"da una estimación de cuándo recibirán sus productos. Para indicar estas "
|
||
"fechas de toman todos los tiempos de espera, como fabricación, entrega y "
|
||
"proveedores en cuenta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo se calculan los tiempos de espera?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated "
|
||
"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is"
|
||
" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Como se mencionó anteriormente, hay varios tipos de tiempos de espera. Cada "
|
||
"uno se calcula con diferentes indicadores. Antes de iniciar la "
|
||
"configuración, este es un resumen corto de cómo se calculan los tiempos de "
|
||
"espera y qué son:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you "
|
||
"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer "
|
||
"lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Tiempo de espera del cliente**: el tiempo de espera del cliente es el "
|
||
"tiempo predeterminado que usted pone. Por lo tanto, la fecha esperada en la "
|
||
"orden de venta es hoy + el tiempo de espera del cliente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many "
|
||
"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default"
|
||
" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead "
|
||
"Time**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Plazo de seguridad para ventas**: el propósito es alistar el envío muchos "
|
||
"días antes del verdadero compromiso que se hizo con el cliente. Después, la "
|
||
"fecha programada automática en la orden de entrega es **fecha de entrega de "
|
||
"la orden de venta - tiempo de espera de seguridad**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a "
|
||
"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope "
|
||
"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the "
|
||
"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be "
|
||
"the default *Receipt* scheduled date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Plazo de seguridad para compras**: este es el tiempo adicional para "
|
||
"mitigar el riesgo de retrasos por el proveedor. Se programará el recibo ese "
|
||
"número de días previos para prevenir retrasos inesperados del proveedor. En "
|
||
"caso de una *orden de reabastecimiento*, la **fecha programada de entrega - "
|
||
"plazo de seguridad** para la compra será la fecha de *recepción* programada "
|
||
"predeterminada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO "
|
||
"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt "
|
||
"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Plazo de entrega de compra**: este es el tiempo esperado entre la "
|
||
"confirmación de una orden de compra y la recepción de los productos "
|
||
"ordenados. La **fecha programada de recepción - fecha de entrega del "
|
||
"proveedor** es la fecha automática de *ordenar para*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to "
|
||
"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo "
|
||
"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific "
|
||
"date is set on the line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Días para la compra**: El número de días que le toma al departamento de "
|
||
"compra validar una Orden de compra. Si ya se abrió una solicitud de "
|
||
"cotización para el mismo proveedor, Odoo agrega la línea para la solicitud "
|
||
"de cotización al crear una nueva. Después, la fecha específica se configura "
|
||
"en la línea."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to "
|
||
"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to "
|
||
"produce and does not take the routing time into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Plazo de espera para la fabricación**: este es el tiempo que se espera que"
|
||
" tome fabricar un producto. Este plazo de espera e independiente de la "
|
||
"cantidad que hay que producir y no toma el tiempo rutinario en cuenta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk "
|
||
"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery "
|
||
"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead"
|
||
" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Plazo de seguridad para la fabricación**: tiempo adicionla para mitigar el"
|
||
" riesgo de un retraso en la fabricación. En caso de una *orden de "
|
||
"reabastecimiento*, la **fecha programada de entrega - plazo de espera de la "
|
||
"fabricación - plazo de seguridad para la fabricación** es la fecha "
|
||
"programada automáticamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Sales - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "Ventas - plazos de espera"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows "
|
||
"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is"
|
||
" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously "
|
||
"configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación de *Ventas* hay una opción que se llama *fecha de entrega*."
|
||
" Permite ver un campo adicional en la orden de venta, *fecha esperada*. Esta"
|
||
" fecha se calcula automáticamente de acuerdo a los diferentes tiempos de "
|
||
"espera antes configurados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into "
|
||
"account"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a "
|
||
"warning message is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la *Fecha de entrega* es antes que la *Fecha esperada*, se mostraré un "
|
||
"mensaje de advertencia."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n"
|
||
"by Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure "
|
||
"all the lead times that could occur."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Pero, para que todo esto funcione adecuadamente, todavía es necesario "
|
||
"configurar todos los tiempos de espera que podrían suceder."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Plazo de entrega del cliente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your"
|
||
" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by "
|
||
"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your "
|
||
"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El *plazo de espera del cliente* es el tiempo que se necesita para que su "
|
||
"producto vaya desde el almacén hasta su cliente. Se puede configurar en "
|
||
"cualquier producto, solo tiene que ir a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos"
|
||
" --> Productos`. Aquí deberá abrir su formulario de producto, vaya a la "
|
||
"pestaña de inventario y agregue el *plazo de espera del cliente*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead"
|
||
" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, el producto B se ordena el 2 de abril, pero el *plazo de espera"
|
||
" del cliente* es de dos días. En este caso, la fecha de entrega esperada es "
|
||
"el 4 de abril."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219
|
||
msgid "Security Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Plazo de seguridad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are "
|
||
"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping "
|
||
"earlier in order to arrive on time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En ventas, el *plazo de seguridad* corresponde a los días de respaldo para "
|
||
"asegurarse de que podrá entregar los productos a tiempo. El propósito es "
|
||
"preparar la entrega antes para que llegue a tiempo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a "
|
||
"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El número de días de seguridad se resta para calcular una fecha programada "
|
||
"antes de la prometida al cliente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar esto, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración "
|
||
"--> Ajustes` y active la función *Plazo de seguridad para ventas*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but "
|
||
"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for "
|
||
"the delivery order is the 5th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, se programa la entrega del producto B el 6 de abril pero el "
|
||
"*plazo de seguridad* es un día. En ese caso, la entrega programada para la "
|
||
"orden de entrega es el 5 de abril."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131
|
||
msgid "Deliver several products"
|
||
msgstr "Entregar varios productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can "
|
||
"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or "
|
||
"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En muchos casos, los clientes ordenan varios productos al mismo tiempo. "
|
||
"Estos productos pueden tener plazos de entrega diferentes pero se deben "
|
||
"entregar, ya sea al mismo tiempo o por separado. Afortunadamente, Odoo le "
|
||
"puede ayudar a llevar estos casos fácilmente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When"
|
||
" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to "
|
||
"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde la pestaña de *otra información* en su *orden de venta* puede elegir "
|
||
"entre *cuando todos los productos estén listos* y *lo antes posible*. El "
|
||
"primero es para entregar los productos al mismo tiempo, mientras que el "
|
||
"segundo es para entregarlos por separado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead "
|
||
"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated "
|
||
"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is "
|
||
"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, los productos A y B se ordenaron al mismo tiempo. A tiene 8 "
|
||
"días de espera y B tiene 5. Con la primera opción, la *fecha esperada* se "
|
||
"calcula de acuerdo con el producto con el mayor plazo de espera, que en este"
|
||
" caso es A. Si la orden se confirma el 2 de abril, entonces la *fecha "
|
||
"esperada* es el 10 de abril."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the "
|
||
"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product"
|
||
" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con la segunda opción, la *fecha esperada* se calcula de acuerdo al producto"
|
||
" con el menor plazo de espera del cliente. Por lo tanto, la *fecha esperada*"
|
||
" es el 7 de abril."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154
|
||
msgid "Purchase - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "Compra - plazos de espera"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Supplier Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Plazos de espera del proveedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to "
|
||
"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El *plazo de espera del proveedor* es el tiempo que se necesita para que un "
|
||
"producto que compró se pueda entregar. Para configurarlo, abra el formulario"
|
||
" del producto :menuselection:`Compra --> Productos --> Productos` y agregue "
|
||
"el proveedor en la pestaña de *Compra*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the "
|
||
"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase "
|
||
"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead "
|
||
"Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al dar clic en *agregar una línea* se mostrará una nueva pestaña. Aquí puede"
|
||
" especificar el *plazo de espera*. Si lo hace, el día de entrega para cada "
|
||
"compra de ese producto ahora será igual a la *fecha de la orden de compra + "
|
||
"plazo de espera de la entrega*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times "
|
||
"depending on the vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Es posible agregar diferentes proveedores y, por lo tanto, diferentes plazos"
|
||
" de entrega dependiendo del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for "
|
||
"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error "
|
||
"for your supplier to deliver your order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El *plazo de espera de seguridad* para compras sigue la misma lógica que el "
|
||
"plazo de *Ventas*, excepto que en este caso usted es el cliente. Después, es"
|
||
" el margen de error de su proveedor para entregar su orden."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar el *plazo de espera de seguridad* para compras, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y active la "
|
||
"función."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De esta forma, cada vez que el sistema genere órdenes de compra, estas se "
|
||
"programarán esos días antes para lidiar con retrasos inesperados del "
|
||
"proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr "Fabricación - Plazos de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Plazo de entrega de fabricación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product."
|
||
" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the "
|
||
"number of days the manufacturing takes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El *plazo de entrega de fabricación* es el tiempo que se necesita para "
|
||
"fabricar el producto. Para especificarlo, abra la pestaña de *inventario* en"
|
||
" el formulario de su producto y agregue el número de días que toma la "
|
||
"fabricación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the "
|
||
"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s"
|
||
" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of "
|
||
"July is June 27th."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al trabajar con *tiempos de espera de fabricación* la *fecha límite* de la "
|
||
"*orden de fabricación* es **Fecha de compromiso - Plazo de espera de "
|
||
"fabricación**. Por ejemplo, la fecha límite de inicio para una orden que "
|
||
"tiene una fecha de compromiso el 10 de julio es el 27 de junio."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing "
|
||
"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El *plazo de seguridad* para fabricación permite generar órdenes de "
|
||
"fabricación más temprano para lidiar con el riesgo de retrasos en la "
|
||
"fabricación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para activarlo vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes` y marque el *plazo de seguridad*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th "
|
||
"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead "
|
||
"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on "
|
||
"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, un cliente ordena B con una fecha de entrega esperada para el "
|
||
"20 de junio. El *plazo de espera para la fabricación* es de 14 días y el "
|
||
"*plazo de seguridad* es de 3 días, así que la fabricación de B debe empezar "
|
||
"al menos el 3 de junio, que es la fecha planeada de la orden de fabricación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238
|
||
msgid "Global Example"
|
||
msgstr "Ejemplo mundial"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240
|
||
msgid "Here is a configuration:"
|
||
msgstr "Esta es la configuración:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales"
|
||
msgstr "1 día de plazo de seguridad para Ventas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243
|
||
msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "2 días de plazo de seguridad para Fabricación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244
|
||
msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time"
|
||
msgstr "3 días de plazo de espera para fabricación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "1 día de plazo de seguridad para Compra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246
|
||
msgid "4 days of supplier lead time"
|
||
msgstr "4 días de plazo de espera para el proveedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery "
|
||
"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, "
|
||
"here is when all the various steps are triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Digamos que el cliente ordena B el 1 de septiembre y la fecha de entrega "
|
||
"está planeada para que sea dentro de 20 días (el 20 de septiembre). En este "
|
||
"caso, aquí es cuando se activan todas las siguientes etapas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252
|
||
msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created"
|
||
msgstr "**1 de septiembre**: se crean las órdenes de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier "
|
||
"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"***10 de septiembre***: la fecha final para ordenar componentes del "
|
||
"proveedor debido al proceso de fabricación (4 días de espera para el "
|
||
"proveedor)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of"
|
||
" security lead time for Purchase)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**13 de septiembre**: le recepción del formulario del producto del proveedor"
|
||
" (1 día de plazo de espera para compra)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 "
|
||
"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for "
|
||
"Manufacturing)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**14 de septiembre**: la fecha límite de inicio de la fabricación (el 19 - 3"
|
||
" días de plazo de espera de fabricación - 2 días de plazo de seguridad para "
|
||
"Fabricación)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of "
|
||
"security lead time for sales)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**19 de septiembre**: la fecha esperada en el formulario de la orden de "
|
||
"entrega (1 día de plazo de seguridad para ventas)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Products"
|
||
msgstr "Productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a "
|
||
"replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a"
|
||
" sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a "
|
||
"vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a "
|
||
"product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing "
|
||
"order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a "
|
||
"sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product"
|
||
" being ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| "
|
||
"is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. "
|
||
"However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration"
|
||
" --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` "
|
||
"button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes "
|
||
"that are currently archived."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-"
|
||
"down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all "
|
||
"available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is "
|
||
"now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to "
|
||
"use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an "
|
||
"existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
|
||
"section, along with one other route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless "
|
||
"another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to"
|
||
" replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture "
|
||
"it, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so "
|
||
"makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs "
|
||
"below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials "
|
||
"(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` "
|
||
"smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for "
|
||
"the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is"
|
||
" created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed."
|
||
" The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition "
|
||
"to |MTO|."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order "
|
||
"is created upon confirmation of a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is "
|
||
"always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if "
|
||
"there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, "
|
||
"without buying or manufacturing additional units of it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, "
|
||
"the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by "
|
||
"navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`,"
|
||
" which opens a blank quotation form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a"
|
||
" product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a "
|
||
"purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at "
|
||
"the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting "
|
||
"the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the"
|
||
" order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been "
|
||
"shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain "
|
||
"threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by"
|
||
" specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a "
|
||
"maximum quantity that stock should not exceed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used "
|
||
"to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a Request for "
|
||
"Quotation (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a "
|
||
"product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a Manufacturing Order (MO) is "
|
||
"created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment "
|
||
"route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Configure products for reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to use reordering rules for a product, it must first be correctly "
|
||
"configured. Begin by navigating to :guilabel:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make sure that the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is "
|
||
"necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, "
|
||
"and this number is used to trigger reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use "
|
||
"to replenish the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name."
|
||
" This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price "
|
||
"that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product"
|
||
" should be purchased from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it "
|
||
"needs to have at least one Bill of Materials (BoM) associated with it. This "
|
||
"is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products "
|
||
"with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` does not already exist for the product,"
|
||
" select the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the "
|
||
"product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Create new reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill"
|
||
" out the new line as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:63
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:64
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted "
|
||
"without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this "
|
||
"number, a replenishment order for the product is created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up "
|
||
"to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Specify if the product should be replenished "
|
||
"in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in "
|
||
"batches of 20)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM`: The unit of measure used for reordering the product. This "
|
||
"value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
|
||
"length, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules can also be created from each product form. To do so, "
|
||
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then "
|
||
"select a product. Click on :menuselection:`Reordering Rules --> Create`, "
|
||
"then fill out the new line as detailed above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a reordering rule has been created for a product, if its forecasted "
|
||
"quantity is below the rule's minimum quantity when the scheduler runs, a "
|
||
"replenishment order for the product is automatically generated. By default, "
|
||
"the scheduler runs once each day."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, select "
|
||
"the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up that appears. Be "
|
||
"aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for "
|
||
"Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> Requests "
|
||
"for Quotation`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO "
|
||
"(Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs "
|
||
"(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:101
|
||
msgid "Set a preferred route for reordering"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible"
|
||
" to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling "
|
||
"the functionality of both routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering "
|
||
"rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to if multiple are selected. "
|
||
"To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` column is hidden on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page. Enable it by selecting the :guilabel:`⋮ "
|
||
"(three-dot)` option button on the right side of the page and checking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Route` checkbox. Doing so reveals the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Route` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule and a drop-down "
|
||
"menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the "
|
||
"preferred route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set "
|
||
"for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route "
|
||
"that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: "
|
||
"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these "
|
||
"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering "
|
||
"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to "
|
||
"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Terminology"
|
||
msgstr "Terminología"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative "
|
||
"forecast quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a "
|
||
"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales "
|
||
"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach "
|
||
"the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or "
|
||
"from the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Make to order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase "
|
||
"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, "
|
||
"**regardless of the current stock level**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
|
||
" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo "
|
||
"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With"
|
||
" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's "
|
||
"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the "
|
||
"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
|
||
"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Replenishment.`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that "
|
||
"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, "
|
||
"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock"
|
||
" are both `0.00`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the "
|
||
"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For "
|
||
"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast "
|
||
"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time "
|
||
"and security lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* "
|
||
"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the "
|
||
"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is "
|
||
"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`"
|
||
" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. "
|
||
"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels "
|
||
"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the "
|
||
"replenishment report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet "
|
||
"current needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` "
|
||
"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding "
|
||
"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a "
|
||
"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` "
|
||
"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96
|
||
msgid "Replenishment report fields"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of "
|
||
"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` "
|
||
"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a "
|
||
"field to make it visible."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current "
|
||
"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either "
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one"
|
||
" is configured)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either "
|
||
":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes "
|
||
"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the "
|
||
"replenishment is requested)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is "
|
||
"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be "
|
||
"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment "
|
||
"is triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available "
|
||
"after replenishing the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific "
|
||
"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 "
|
||
"products are replenished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and "
|
||
"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate "
|
||
"Orders` button is clicked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
|
||
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, "
|
||
"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product "
|
||
"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a "
|
||
":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft "
|
||
"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set "
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual "
|
||
"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of "
|
||
"time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| "
|
||
"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) "
|
||
"that triggered the rule as the source document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment "
|
||
"report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Make to order (MTO) route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is "
|
||
"hidden by default."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168
|
||
msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162
|
||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click "
|
||
"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the "
|
||
"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the "
|
||
"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
|
||
"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`"
|
||
" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` "
|
||
"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` "
|
||
"tab of the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` "
|
||
"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` "
|
||
"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, "
|
||
"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on "
|
||
"the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190
|
||
msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use Different Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr "Utilizar diferentes unidades de medida"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
|
||
" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
|
||
" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you "
|
||
"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products "
|
||
"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your "
|
||
"customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En algunos casos es necesario gestionar productos en diferentes unidades de "
|
||
"medida. Por ejemplo, si compra productos en un país donde se utiliza el "
|
||
"sistema métrico y vende en un país regido por el sistema imperial, deberá "
|
||
"convertir las unidades. Otro caso común es comprar productos a sus "
|
||
"proveedores en paquetes más grandes y vender las unidades a sus clientes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede configurar a Odoo para trabajar con diferentes unidades de medida para"
|
||
" un producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then "
|
||
"*Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación *Inventario*, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes`. En la sección de *Productos*, haga clic en *Unidades de medida*, "
|
||
"y luego en *Guardar*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Create New Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr "Crear nuevas unidades de medida"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`."
|
||
" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we"
|
||
" will use for the Egg product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación *Inventario* vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> UdM`."
|
||
" Ahí, haga clic en *Crear*. Como ejemplo, crearemos la unidad \"Caja de 6\" "
|
||
"que usaremos para el producto \"Huevo\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert "
|
||
"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same "
|
||
"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure "
|
||
"for the category which is “Units” here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La categoría es importante para la conversión de la unidad, podrá convertir "
|
||
"productos de una unidad a otra solo si dichas unidades pertenecen a la misma"
|
||
" categoría. La caja de 6 es 6 veces más grande que la unidad de medida de "
|
||
"referencia para la categoría “Unidades”."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products"
|
||
msgstr "Especificar unidades de medida en sus productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, "
|
||
"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of "
|
||
"measure, and click on *Edit*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la :menuselection:`aplicación Inventario --> Datos maestros --> "
|
||
"Productos`, abra el producto para el cual desea cambiar la unidad de medida "
|
||
"de compra o venta y haga clic en *editar*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in "
|
||
"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal "
|
||
"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||
"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña de *Información general* puede seleccionar la *unidad de "
|
||
"medida* en la que se venderá el producto, la cual es también la unidad en la"
|
||
" se realizarán los traslados internos. También puede seleccionar la *unidad "
|
||
"de medida de compra*, la cual es la unidad de medida en la que compra el "
|
||
"producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another"
|
||
msgstr "Traslado de una unidad a otra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM"
|
||
msgstr "Comprar en la UdM de compra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which"
|
||
" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*"
|
||
" it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación *Compra*, *cree* una nueva solicitud de cotización en la "
|
||
"que incluya el producto con la *unidad de medida* diferente y *confírmela*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of "
|
||
"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually "
|
||
"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to"
|
||
" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been "
|
||
"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En las órdenes de compra generadas de forma automática, la UdM que se "
|
||
"utiliza es la Caja de 6, lo que significa que es la UdM de compra. Usted "
|
||
"tiene, por supuesto, la posibilidad de modificar manualmente la UdM si lo "
|
||
"necesita. Cuando ingresa la *recepción* vinculada a la orden de compra, "
|
||
"puede observar que las 10 cajas de 6 unidades se han convertido a 60 "
|
||
"unidades. Por lo tanto, las existencias se manejan en unidades."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Reabastecimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, "
|
||
"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al realizar un reabastecimiento a través del botón *Reabastecer* en el "
|
||
"formulario del producto, tiene la posibilidad de usar una unidad de medida "
|
||
"diferente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94
|
||
msgid "Sell in bigger UoM"
|
||
msgstr "Vender en UdM más grandes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to "
|
||
"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically "
|
||
"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede elegir la unidad de medida en el documento de la orden de venta y "
|
||
"decidir vender los huevos por docena. Al hacer esto, el precio se calcula "
|
||
"automáticamente a partir de la UdM de Unidades para adaptarse a la *UdM* "
|
||
"seleccionada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the "
|
||
"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la orden de entrega, la *UdM* utilizada en la orden de venta se convierte"
|
||
" a la *UdM* utilizada en la gestión de existencias, en nuestro caso, las "
|
||
"Unidades."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"¿Cuándo debería usar Paquetes, Unidades de medida o Empaquetados especiales?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr "Unidades de medida"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you "
|
||
"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your"
|
||
" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your "
|
||
"supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las unidades de medida especifican la unidad que se utiliza para gestionar "
|
||
"un producto. En Odoo, usted tiene la posibilidad de especificar la unidad de"
|
||
" medida en la que gestiona sus existencias y la que utiliza al comprar el "
|
||
"producto a sus proveedores."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done "
|
||
"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the "
|
||
"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La *conversión* entre las distintas unidades de medida se hace de forma "
|
||
"automática. La única condición es que todas las unidades deben estar en la "
|
||
"*misma categoría* (Unidad, Peso, Volumen, Longitud, etc)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run "
|
||
"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase "
|
||
"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, si tengo la siguiente regla de reordenamiento para el huevo y "
|
||
"ejecuto el planificador, la cantidad que se agrega a la orden de compra "
|
||
"generada de forma automática será en docenas, pero lo que ingresará a las "
|
||
"existencias será en unidades."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Packages"
|
||
msgstr "Paquetes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several "
|
||
"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can "
|
||
"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows "
|
||
"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El paquete es el contenedor físico en el que pone uno o varios productos de "
|
||
"una recolección. Por ejemplo, cuando entrega un producto, puede decidir "
|
||
"separar la cantidad en dos paquetes diferentes. Esto le permite tener un "
|
||
"reporte con la cantidad de productos en cada paquete."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done"
|
||
" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do "
|
||
"this for each package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para separar una entrega en paquetes diferentes tiene que establecer la "
|
||
"cantidad hecha en la cantidad del paquete deseado y luego hacer clic en "
|
||
"\"PONER EN PAQUETE\". Debe hacer esto para cada paquete."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Packaging"
|
||
msgstr "Empaquetado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you "
|
||
"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice "
|
||
"and the power plug."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El empaquetado es el contenedor físico que protege a su producto. Si vende "
|
||
"computadoras, el empaquetado contiene la computadora con el aviso y los "
|
||
"cables de energía."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They "
|
||
"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, los empaquetados se utilizan en las órdenes de venta con propósitos"
|
||
" informativos. Se pueden especificar en el formulario del producto, en la "
|
||
"pestaña de inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning "
|
||
"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the"
|
||
" packing on the picking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Otro uso útil de los empaquetados es para la recepción de productos. Al "
|
||
"escanear el código de barras del empaquetado, Odoo agrega el número de "
|
||
"unidades contenidas en el empaquetado de la recolección."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||
msgstr "Métodos de valoración"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)"
|
||
msgstr "Integrar costos adicionales con productos (costos en destino)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs "
|
||
"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La función de costos en destino en Odoo le permite incluir costos "
|
||
"adicionales (envío, seguro, derechos aduanales, etc.) en el costo del "
|
||
"producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing "
|
||
"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting "
|
||
"application to be installed)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los costos en destino solo se pueden aplicar a productos con un método de "
|
||
"costo PEPS o AVCO (costo promedio) y una valoración de inventario "
|
||
"automatizada (la cual requiere que la aplicación Contabilidad esté "
|
||
"instalada)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the "
|
||
"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be "
|
||
"recorded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero, debe ir a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`"
|
||
" y active la función de costos en destino. También puede determinar el "
|
||
"diario predeterminado en el que se registrarán los asientos contables de "
|
||
"costos en destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25
|
||
msgid "Add costs to products"
|
||
msgstr "Agregar costos a productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Receive the vendor bill"
|
||
msgstr "Recibir la factura de proveedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick "
|
||
"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Imaginemos que recibimos una factura de derechos de aduana para un envío. "
|
||
"Seleccionaremos la casilla de *Costos en destino* en la línea de factura de "
|
||
"proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37
|
||
msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service."
|
||
msgstr "El producto con costos en destino debe ser del tipo servicio."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the "
|
||
"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si este producto siempre es un costo en destino, también puede definirlo en "
|
||
"el producto y evitar tener que seleccionar la casilla en cada factura de "
|
||
"proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I "
|
||
"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now "
|
||
"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la parte superior de la factura de proveedor podemos ver el botón *Crear "
|
||
"costos en destino*. Al hacer clic en este botón se crean los costos en "
|
||
"destino de forma automática. Ahora podemos decidir en qué recolección se "
|
||
"aplicarán estos costos adicionales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to "
|
||
"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed"
|
||
" cost."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora podemos dar clic en *Calcular* e ir a la pestaña *Ajustes de "
|
||
"valoración* para ver el impacto en mis costos de producto. El último paso es"
|
||
" validar el costo en destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by "
|
||
"clicking on the journal entry."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puedo acceder al asiento contable creado por el costo en destino al dar clic"
|
||
" en el asiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly "
|
||
"create the landed cost from there."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"No tiene que empezar desde la factura de proveedor, también puede ir a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Costos en destino` y crear "
|
||
"directamente ahí el costo en destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración de la valoración de inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its "
|
||
"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting "
|
||
"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las existencias a la mano de una empresa contribuyen a la valoración de su "
|
||
"inventario. Ese valor debe figurar en los registros contables de la empresa "
|
||
"para mostrar de forma precisa el valor de la empresa y de todos sus activos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual "
|
||
"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts "
|
||
"journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that "
|
||
"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method "
|
||
"is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing "
|
||
"Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De forma predeterminada, Odoo utiliza una valoración periódica de inventario"
|
||
" (también conocida como valoración manual de inventario). Este método "
|
||
"implica que el equipo de contabilidad registra asientos contables según el "
|
||
"inventario físico de la empresa, y que los empleados del almacén cuentan las"
|
||
" existencias. En Odoo, este método se refleja en cada categoría de producto,"
|
||
" donde el campo :guilabel:`método de costo` se establecerá en `precio "
|
||
"estándar` de forma predeterminada, y el campo :guilabel:`valoración de "
|
||
"inventario` se establecerá en `manual`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los campos de valoración de inventario se ubican en el formulario de las "
|
||
"categorías de producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation "
|
||
"method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal "
|
||
"entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a "
|
||
"company's inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por otra parte, la valoración automatizada de inventario es un método de "
|
||
"valoración integrado que actualiza el valor de inventario en tiempo real "
|
||
"mediante la creación de asientos contables cuando se inician movimientos de "
|
||
"existencias entre las ubicaciones del inventario de la empresa."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert "
|
||
"accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. "
|
||
"Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically "
|
||
"checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing "
|
||
"basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La valoración automatizada de inventario es un método recomendado para "
|
||
"contadores expertos debido a los pasos adicionales en la configuración de "
|
||
"asientos contables. Incluso después de la configuración inicial, deberá "
|
||
"revisar el método de forma periódica para garantizar la exactitud, y puede "
|
||
"ser necesario realizar ajustes de forma continua dependiendo de las "
|
||
"necesidades y prioridades de la empresa."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Types of accounting"
|
||
msgstr "Tipos de contabilidad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or "
|
||
"*Anglo-Saxon*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los asientos contables dependerán del modo de contabilidad: *continental* o "
|
||
"*anglosajón*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para comprobar el modo de contabilidad, active el :ref:`developer-mode` y "
|
||
"vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported "
|
||
"when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is "
|
||
"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. "
|
||
"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are"
|
||
" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la contabilidad *anglosajona*, el costo de los bienes vendidos se reporta"
|
||
" cuando se venden o entregan productos. Esto significa que el costo de un "
|
||
"bien solo se registra como un gasto cuando se factura un producto a un "
|
||
"cliente. Se utilizan *cuentas provisionales de existencias* para las cuentas"
|
||
" de entrada y salida, y ambas son *cuentas de activos* en el balance "
|
||
"general."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a "
|
||
"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is "
|
||
"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la contabilidad *continental*, el costo de un bien se reporta en cuanto "
|
||
"se recibe un producto en las existencias. Además, se utiliza una única "
|
||
"cuenta *de gastos* tanto para las cuentas de entrada y salida en el balance "
|
||
"general."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Costing methods"
|
||
msgstr "Métodos de costo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Estos son los tres métodos de costo que puede utilizar en Odoo para su "
|
||
"valoración de inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the "
|
||
"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to "
|
||
"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order "
|
||
"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Precio estándar**: es el método de costo predeterminado en Odoo. El costo "
|
||
"del producto se define de forma manual en el formulario del producto. Este "
|
||
"costo se utiliza para calcular la valoración. Incluso si el precio de compra"
|
||
" en una orden de compra es distinto, la valoración utilizará el costo que se"
|
||
" definió en el formulario del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the "
|
||
"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock"
|
||
" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and "
|
||
"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Costo promedio**: calcula la valoración de un producto según su costo "
|
||
"promedio, dividido por el número total de existencias a la mano disponibles."
|
||
" Al utilizar este método de costo, la valoración de inventario es *dinámica*"
|
||
" y se ajusta con regularidad según el precio de compra de los productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing "
|
||
"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the "
|
||
"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good "
|
||
"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory "
|
||
"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the "
|
||
"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate "
|
||
"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly "
|
||
"sensitive to input data and human error."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Primeras entradas, primeras salidas**: lleva el seguimiento en tiempo real"
|
||
" de los costos de artículos entrantes y salientes y utiliza el precio real "
|
||
"de los productos para cambiar la valoración. El precio de compra más antiguo"
|
||
" se utiliza como el costo del próximo bien vendido hasta que se venda un "
|
||
"lote entero de ese producto. Cuando el siguiente lote de inventario avanza "
|
||
"en la cola, se utiliza un costo de producto actualizado basado en la "
|
||
"valoración de ese lote específico. Podría decirse que este método de "
|
||
"valoración de inventario es el más preciso por varias razones, pero es muy "
|
||
"sensible a los datos introducidos y a los errores humanos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly"
|
||
" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments "
|
||
"here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cambiar el método de costo tiene un gran impacto en la valoración de "
|
||
"inventario. Recomendamos ampliamente consultar a un contador antes de hacer "
|
||
"cualquier ajuste."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar la valoración automatizada de inventario en Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and "
|
||
"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should "
|
||
"apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede hacer cambios en su valoración de inventario en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Categorías de producto` y "
|
||
"elija la categoría o categorías en las que se debería aplicar el método de "
|
||
"valoración automatizada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product "
|
||
"categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Es posible utilizar distintos ajustes de valoración para categorías de "
|
||
"producto distintas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the "
|
||
"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. "
|
||
":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First "
|
||
"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Automated`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la sección :guilabel:`valoración de inventario` hay dos campos: "
|
||
":guilabel:`método de costo` y :guilabel:`valoración de inventario`. Elija el"
|
||
" :guilabel:`método de costo` que desea utilizar mediante el menú desplegable"
|
||
" (por ejemplo, :guilabel:`estándar`, :guilabel:`costo promedio` o "
|
||
":guilabel:`primeras entradas, primeras salidas (PEPS)`) y cambie la "
|
||
":guilabel:`valoración de inventario` a :guilabel:`automatizada`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`Using the inventory valuation "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":doc:`Usar la valoración de inventario "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing "
|
||
"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for "
|
||
"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the "
|
||
"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average "
|
||
"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from "
|
||
"validated purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock "
|
||
"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change "
|
||
"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves "
|
||
"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will "
|
||
"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is "
|
||
"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the "
|
||
"*Inventory Valuation* report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will "
|
||
"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated "
|
||
"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la misma pantalla, aparecerán campos de :guilabel:`propiedades de la "
|
||
"cuenta de existencias` porque ahora son campos necesarios debido al cambio a"
|
||
" valoración de inventario. Estas cuentas se definen de la siguiente manera:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is "
|
||
"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cuenta de valoración de existencias`: cuando se habilita la "
|
||
"valoración automatizada de inventario en un producto, esta cuenta contendrá "
|
||
"el valor actual de los productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming "
|
||
"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
|
||
"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for "
|
||
"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cuenta de entrada de existencias`: los apuntes del diario de "
|
||
"contrapartida para todos los movimientos de entrada de existencias se "
|
||
"registrarán en esta cuenta, a menos que se establezca una cuenta de "
|
||
"valoración específica en la ubicación de origen. Este es el valor "
|
||
"predeterminado para todos los productos en una categoría específica, y "
|
||
"también se puede establecer directamente en cada producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing"
|
||
" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
|
||
"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value"
|
||
" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cuenta de salida de existencias`: los apuntes del diario de "
|
||
"contrapartida para todos los movimientos de salida de existencias se "
|
||
"registrarán en esta cuenta, a menos que se establezca una cuenta de "
|
||
"valoración específica en la ubicación destino. Este es el valor "
|
||
"predeterminado para todos los productos en una categoría específica, y "
|
||
"también se puede establecer directamente en cada producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Acceder a los datos de reporte generados por la valoración de inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`."
|
||
" At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all"
|
||
" at once."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para empezar, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> Balance "
|
||
"general`. En la parte superior del tablero, cambie el valor del campo "
|
||
":guilabel:`al` a :guilabel:`hoy` y ajuste el filtro :guilabel:`opciones` a "
|
||
":guilabel:`desplegar todo` para ver todos los datos más recientes a la vez."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested "
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of "
|
||
"all of the inventory on hand is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la línea de apunte padre :guilabel:`activos circulantes`, busque la línea"
|
||
" de apunte anidada :guilabel:`cuenta de valoración de existencias`, donde se"
|
||
" muestra la valoración total de todo el inventario a la mano."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation "
|
||
"Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` "
|
||
"to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal "
|
||
"entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, "
|
||
"filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede acceder a información más específica con el menú desplegable "
|
||
":guilabel:`cuenta de valoración de existencias`. Puede seleccionar "
|
||
":guilabel:`libro mayor` para obtener una vista detallada de todos los "
|
||
"asientos contables, o puede seleccionar :guilabel:`apuntes contables` para "
|
||
"revisar los asientos de diario individualizados que se enviaron a la cuenta."
|
||
" Además, puede agregar anotaciones en el :guilabel:`balance general` al "
|
||
"hacer clic en :guilabel:`anotar`, llenar la caja de texto y hacer clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`guardar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
|
||
msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede ver el desglose completo de la valoración de inventario en la "
|
||
"aplicación Contabilidad de Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr "Usar la valoración de inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that "
|
||
"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory "
|
||
"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La *valoración de inventario* es el procedimiento contable por excelencia "
|
||
"que calcula el valor de las existencias a la mano. Una vez determinada, el "
|
||
"importe de la valoración de inventario se incorpora al valor global de una "
|
||
"empresa."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees "
|
||
"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, este proceso se puede realizar de forma manual, los empleados del "
|
||
"almacén cuentan los productos físicamente, o de forma automática mediante la"
|
||
" base de datos. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration "
|
||
"<inventory/inventory_valuation_config>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":ref:`Configuración de la valoración de inventario "
|
||
"<inventory/inventory_valuation_config>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr "Comprender los fundamentos de la valoración de inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the "
|
||
"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves "
|
||
"scenario below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para comprender cómo el movimiento de entrada y salida de productos a las "
|
||
"existencias afecta el valor global de la empresa, considere el siguiente "
|
||
"escenario de movimientos de productos y existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Receive a product"
|
||
msgstr "Recibir un producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is "
|
||
"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Category` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ejemplo, considere un producto físico, una *mesa*, la cual se categoriza"
|
||
" como `mueble de oficina` en el campo :guilabel:`categoría de producto` del "
|
||
"formulario de producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and"
|
||
" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out "
|
||
"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a la categoría de producto en :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Categorías de producto. Una vez en el formulario, "
|
||
"establezca el :guilabel:`método de costo` como `primeras entradas, primeras "
|
||
"salidas (PEPS)` y el campo :guilabel:`valoración de inventario` como "
|
||
"`automatizada`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by "
|
||
"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's "
|
||
"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También puede acceder al tablero de :guilabel:`categorías de producto` al "
|
||
"hacer clic en la flecha de :guilabel:`enlace interno` en formulario de cada "
|
||
"producto. La encuentra al colocar el ratón sobre el campo "
|
||
":guilabel:`categoría de producto`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the "
|
||
"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A continuación, suponga que se compran 10 mesas por un precio de $10.00 cada"
|
||
" una. La orden de compra de esas mesas indicará $100 como el subtotal de la "
|
||
"compra, además de costos adicionales o impuestos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each."
|
||
msgstr "Orden de compra con 10 mesas con un valor de $10 cada una."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory "
|
||
"was impacted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de :guilabel:`validar` la orden de compra, utilice el botón "
|
||
"inteligente :guilabel:`valoración` para ver como se vio afectado el valor de"
|
||
" inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt."
|
||
msgstr "Botón inteligente de valoración en un recibo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be turned on to see the "
|
||
"*Valuation* smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Debe activar el :ref:`modo de desarrollador <developer-mode>` para poder ver"
|
||
" el botón inteligente *valoración*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :doc:`consignment "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock>` "
|
||
"feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other "
|
||
"companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La función :doc:`consigna "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock>` "
|
||
"brinda la propiedad de los artículos en existencias. Así, los productos "
|
||
"propiedad de otras empresas no se contabilizan en la valoración de "
|
||
"inventario de la empresa anfitriona."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all "
|
||
"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the "
|
||
"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of "
|
||
"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El tablero de :guilabel:`valoración de inventario` muestra la valoración de "
|
||
"todos los productos en el envío, junto con sus cantidades y valor. En el "
|
||
"ejemplo de la compra de 10 mesas, la columna de :guilabel:`valor total` en "
|
||
"el tablero muestra una valoración calculada de $100."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Página de valoración de inventario que muestra los productos de un envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the "
|
||
"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory "
|
||
"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, los registros automáticos de valoración de inventario también se "
|
||
"registran en la aplicación *Contabilidad*. Para acceder a estos asientos "
|
||
"contables, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Asientos contables` y "
|
||
"busque los asientos de valoración de inventario con el prefijo `STJ` en las "
|
||
"columnas :guilabel:`diario` y :guilabel:`número`, respectivamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables."
|
||
msgstr "Asiento contable para la valoración de inventario de 10 mesas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Deliver a product"
|
||
msgstr "Entregar un producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the "
|
||
"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart "
|
||
"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock "
|
||
"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Siguiendo la misma lógica, cuando se envía una tabla a un cliente y sale del"
|
||
" almacén, la valoración de inventario disminuye. El botón inteligente "
|
||
":guilabel:`valoración` en la orden de entrega muestra el registro de "
|
||
"valoración de existencias como lo hace en una orden de compra."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Disminución de la valoración de inventario tras el envío de un producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87
|
||
msgid "The inventory valuation report"
|
||
msgstr "El reporte de valoración de inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The "
|
||
"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's "
|
||
"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ver el valor actual de todos los productos en el almacén, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Reportes --> Valoración de inventario`. Los "
|
||
"registros en la tabla se organizan por producto, seleccionar el menú "
|
||
"desplegable de un producto muestra los registros detallados con la "
|
||
":guilabel:`fecha`, :guilabel:`cantidad` y el :guilabel:`valor total` del "
|
||
"inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products."
|
||
msgstr "Reporte de valoración de inventario que muestra varios productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of "
|
||
"products available during a prior specified date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El botón :guilabel:`inventario a la fecha` que se ubica en la esquina "
|
||
"superior izquierda del tablero de :guilabel:`valoración de inventario` "
|
||
"muestra la valoración de los productos disponibles durante un periodo "
|
||
"específico en el pasado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Update product unit price"
|
||
msgstr "Actualizar el precio unitario de un producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors "
|
||
"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately "
|
||
"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool "
|
||
"to update the unit price of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para cualquier empresa, los plazos, fallos en la cadena de suministro y "
|
||
"otros factores de riesgo pueden contribuir a los costos invisibles. Aunque "
|
||
"Odoo intenta representar de forma precisa el valor del inventario, la "
|
||
"*valoración manual* funciona como una herramienta adicional para actualizar "
|
||
"el precio unitario de productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received"
|
||
" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with "
|
||
":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In "
|
||
"First Out (FIFO)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La valoración manual está pensada para productos que pueden comprarse y "
|
||
"recibirse por un costo mayor a 0, o que tienen categorías de producto "
|
||
"establecidas con el :guilabel:`método de costo` como `costo promedio` o "
|
||
"`primeras entradas, primeras salidas (PEPS)`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Botón para agregar una valoración manual al valor de inventario de un "
|
||
"producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard"
|
||
" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> "
|
||
"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the "
|
||
"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as"
|
||
" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear asientos de valoración manual en el tablero de "
|
||
":guilabel:`valoración de inventario` primero vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Reportes --> Valoración de inventario` y "
|
||
"luego haga clic en el icono desplegable de color gris a la izquierda del "
|
||
"nombre del producto. Esto mostrará los apuntes de línea de valoración de "
|
||
"existencias debajo, así como un botón verde azulado :guilabel:`+ (más)` a la"
|
||
" derecha."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product"
|
||
" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation "
|
||
"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en el botón verde azulado :guilabel:`+ (más)` para abrir el "
|
||
"formulario de :guilabel:`revaloración de producto`, donde se pueden realizar"
|
||
" actualizaciones del cálculo de la valoración de inventario, mediante el "
|
||
"aumento o disminución del precio unitario de cada producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being "
|
||
"inflation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Formulario de revaloración de producto que agrega un valor de $1.00 por "
|
||
"motivos de inflación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products "
|
||
"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, "
|
||
"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the "
|
||
"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are"
|
||
" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different "
|
||
"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to "
|
||
"be configured to have the same number of steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-"
|
||
"routes-1018>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in "
|
||
"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is "
|
||
"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the "
|
||
"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to "
|
||
"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations"
|
||
" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as "
|
||
"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging "
|
||
"on shipped products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:30
|
||
msgid "One-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps "
|
||
"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps "
|
||
"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, "
|
||
":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-"
|
||
"perishable items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step "
|
||
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Two-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into "
|
||
"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, "
|
||
"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in"
|
||
" the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. "
|
||
"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before "
|
||
"being shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products "
|
||
"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
|
||
" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking "
|
||
"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., "
|
||
"until they are transferred into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps "
|
||
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Three-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, "
|
||
"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass "
|
||
"inspection into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, "
|
||
"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location "
|
||
"for shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a "
|
||
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or "
|
||
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections "
|
||
"before receiving items into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts in three steps <inventory/receipts_three_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Inventory flow table of contents"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process deliveries in three steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which "
|
||
"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this "
|
||
"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, "
|
||
"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a "
|
||
"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal "
|
||
"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed "
|
||
"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an "
|
||
"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do"
|
||
" not fit the needs of the business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step"
|
||
" Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step "
|
||
"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do "
|
||
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and"
|
||
" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
|
||
"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To "
|
||
"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, "
|
||
"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update "
|
||
"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Create a sales order"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una orden de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking "
|
||
"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, "
|
||
"which are all associated with the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n"
|
||
"associated with it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Process a picking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales "
|
||
"order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n"
|
||
"another operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
|
||
"be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing "
|
||
"order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`,"
|
||
" since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is "
|
||
"completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the "
|
||
"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. "
|
||
"Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the "
|
||
"products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the"
|
||
" packing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Process a packing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n"
|
||
"output location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` "
|
||
"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:118
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n"
|
||
"the customer location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document "
|
||
"will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into "
|
||
"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from "
|
||
"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one "
|
||
"step receipts and deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same "
|
||
"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in "
|
||
"three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and "
|
||
"deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Configure the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they"
|
||
" can easily be set back to the one step setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`, click on the desired warehouse, and click :guilabel:`Edit`. "
|
||
"Next, on the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipments` section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 "
|
||
"step)` for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods "
|
||
"directly (1 step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one "
|
||
"step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
|
||
msgstr "Recibir bienes directamente (1 paso)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:38
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Create a purchase order"
|
||
msgstr "Crea una orden de compra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making"
|
||
" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, select (or create) a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` "
|
||
"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
|
||
"receipt for the purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:53
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Process the receipt"
|
||
msgstr "Procesar la recepción"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ "
|
||
"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon "
|
||
"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows "
|
||
"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n"
|
||
"pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier "
|
||
"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives "
|
||
"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status "
|
||
"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the "
|
||
"reception process in one step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:87
|
||
msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
|
||
msgstr "Entregar bienes directamente (1 paso)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and "
|
||
"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then select (or create) a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
|
||
"delivery order for the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196
|
||
msgid "Process the delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers"
|
||
" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed "
|
||
"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, "
|
||
"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step "
|
||
"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as "
|
||
"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and "
|
||
"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The "
|
||
"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred"
|
||
" into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order"
|
||
" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and "
|
||
"brought to an output location before being shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO "
|
||
"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO "
|
||
"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are "
|
||
"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing"
|
||
" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, "
|
||
"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the "
|
||
"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Configure multi-step routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and "
|
||
"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Edit` to change the warehouse settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and "
|
||
"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. :guilabel:`Save`"
|
||
" the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two "
|
||
"steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and "
|
||
"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard."
|
||
" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. On the location form, update the :guilabel:`Location "
|
||
"Name`, make any other changes (if necessary) and :guilabel:`Save` the "
|
||
"changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step "
|
||
"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* "
|
||
"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the "
|
||
"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at"
|
||
" the end of the name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` "
|
||
"smart button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
|
||
msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is"
|
||
" confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the "
|
||
"receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen "
|
||
"until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will "
|
||
"only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Input Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n"
|
||
"WH/Input location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Process the internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
|
||
" is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` "
|
||
"dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban "
|
||
"view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
|
||
"stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is "
|
||
"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:140
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Select or create a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart "
|
||
"button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` "
|
||
"form. Click it to reveal the associated delivery forms."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n"
|
||
"associated with it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
|
||
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168
|
||
msgid "Process the picking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is "
|
||
"confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to "
|
||
"reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and"
|
||
" the delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
|
||
"be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery "
|
||
"order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery "
|
||
"cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery "
|
||
"order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked"
|
||
" as :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n"
|
||
"Operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product "
|
||
"is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the "
|
||
"delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked,"
|
||
" the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved "
|
||
"on the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:198
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To "
|
||
"Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to "
|
||
"begin."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be "
|
||
"quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again,"
|
||
" and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which "
|
||
"should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, "
|
||
"then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and "
|
||
"moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of "
|
||
"the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts in three steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from"
|
||
" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving "
|
||
"goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
|
||
"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the "
|
||
"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not "
|
||
"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the "
|
||
"quality area and into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step "
|
||
"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->"
|
||
" Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`"
|
||
" will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive "
|
||
"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
|
||
"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). "
|
||
"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the "
|
||
"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a "
|
||
"subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n"
|
||
"are waiting another operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location "
|
||
"will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any "
|
||
"other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be "
|
||
":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be "
|
||
"processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The "
|
||
"status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application."
|
||
" In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` "
|
||
"smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Input Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n"
|
||
"WH/Quality location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
|
||
" is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` "
|
||
"kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, "
|
||
"the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for "
|
||
"manufacturing or delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Process a transfer to stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final "
|
||
"internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`"
|
||
" smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, "
|
||
"then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the "
|
||
"product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the "
|
||
"stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "Almacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a second warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Cree un segundo almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In "
|
||
"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items"
|
||
" between them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un *almacén* es un edificio físico o espacio donde se almacenan artículos. "
|
||
"En Odoo, es posible configurar múltiples almacenes y transferir artículos "
|
||
"almacenados entre ellos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, "
|
||
"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse,"
|
||
" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De manera predeterminada, la plataforma de Odoo cuenta con un almacén ya "
|
||
"configurado con la dirección establecida como la que corresponde a la "
|
||
"empresa. Para crear un segundo almacén, seleccione "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Almacenes`, luego haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Crear` y configure el formulario como se indica a continuación:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Almacén`: el nombre completo del almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is "
|
||
"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Nombre corto`: el código abreviado con el que se hace referencia "
|
||
"al almacén; el nombre corto para el almacén predeterminado en Odoo es **WH**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as"
|
||
" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or "
|
||
"vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Compañía`: la empresa que es propietaria del almacén; esto puede "
|
||
"ser configurado como la compañía que es propietaria de la base de datos de "
|
||
"Odoo o la empresa de un cliente o proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Dirección`: la dirección en la que se encuentra el almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
|
||
"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how "
|
||
"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules <use-routes>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las opciones que se encuentran a continuación solo aparecerán si el boleeano"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Rutas de múltiples pasos` está seleccionado en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` debajo de la opción "
|
||
":guilabel:`Almacenes`.Para obtener más información acerca de las rutas y "
|
||
"como funcionan en Odoo, puede consultar el siguiente recurso :ref:`Utilizar "
|
||
"rutas y sistemas pull/push <use-routes>`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and"
|
||
" outgoing shipments should follow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Envíos entrantes/salientes`: seleccione las rutas que los envíos "
|
||
"entrantes o salientes deben seguir"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied "
|
||
"from this warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Reabastecer subcontratistas`: permite que los suncontratantes "
|
||
"pueden reabastecerse desde este almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in "
|
||
"this warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:Fabricaciones por reabastecer: permite que los elementos puedan "
|
||
"ser fabricados en este almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when "
|
||
"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fabricación`:seleccione la ruta que se debe seguir cuando "
|
||
"fabrique bienes dentro del almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products "
|
||
"to be delivered to the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Comprar para reabastecer: seleccione el recuadro para autorizar "
|
||
"la compra de productos que necesitan ser entregados en el almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply "
|
||
"the warehouse being created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Formato de reabastecimiento`: seleccione los almacenes que pueden"
|
||
" ser utilizados para reabastecer el almacen que se está creando"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "Un formulario completado para crear un nuevo almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage "
|
||
"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a "
|
||
"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration"
|
||
" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
|
||
"heading."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La creación de un segundo almacén activará de manera automática la función "
|
||
"*Ubicaciones de almacenamiento* la cual permite rastrear la ubicación de "
|
||
"productos dentro de un almacén. Para activar esta opción vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y dé clic en la casila situada "
|
||
"debajo de la opción :guilabel:`Almacén`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse "
|
||
"will be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de que haya rellenado la plantilla, haga clic en :guilabel:Guardar` "
|
||
"para completar la creación del nuevo almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Agrege inventario en un nuevo almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the "
|
||
"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the "
|
||
"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory "
|
||
"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->"
|
||
" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory "
|
||
"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si se crea un nuevo almacén que tiene un inventario existente asignado, los "
|
||
"conteos de inventario deben ser agregados a Odoo para que el inventario "
|
||
"listado en la base de datos de Odoo refleje lo que hay en el almacén físico."
|
||
" Para agregar inventario a un nuevo almacén, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Ajustes de Inventario`, y "
|
||
"luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear`. El formulario de ajuste de inventario "
|
||
"se puede rellenar de la siguiente manera:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment can be referred to by"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Referencia de inventario`: el nombre o código por el que se puede"
|
||
" hacer referencia al ajuste de inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; "
|
||
"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be"
|
||
" added to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ubicaciones`: La(s) ubicación(es) donde se almacena el "
|
||
"inventario; incluye el nuevo almacén y cualquier ubicación dentro de él en "
|
||
"la que se añadirá el inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory "
|
||
"or leave blank to select any product during the next step"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Productos`: incluya todos los productos que serán agregados en el"
|
||
" inventario o déjelos pendientes para seleccionar cualquier producto en el "
|
||
"siguiente paso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of "
|
||
"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they "
|
||
"have no existing inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Incluir productos agotados`: incluir productos con cantidad igual"
|
||
" a cero; no afecta a los ajustes de inventario de los nuevos almacenes, ya "
|
||
"que no tienen inventario existente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for "
|
||
"bookkeeping related to the inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fecha contable`: fecha utilizada por los equipos contables para "
|
||
"la teneduría de libros relacionados con el inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the "
|
||
"user's company or as a customer or vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Empresa`:es la compañía propietaria del inventario; puede "
|
||
"establecerse como la empresa del usuario o como un cliente o proveedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for "
|
||
"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not "
|
||
"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing "
|
||
"inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidades contadas`: elija si las cantidades contadas para los "
|
||
"productos que se añaden deben ser por defecto existencias disponibles o "
|
||
"cero; no afecta a los ajustes de inventario para los nuevos almacenes, ya "
|
||
"que no tienen inventario existente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr "Un formulario completado para un ajuste de inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` "
|
||
"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then "
|
||
"fill out the product line as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que el formulario esté correctamente configurado, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Comenzar inventario` para pasar a la página siguiente, donde "
|
||
"podrá añadir productos al ajuste de inventario. Añada un nuevo producto "
|
||
"haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y, luego, rellene la línea del producto "
|
||
"como se indica a continuación:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Producto`: el producto se agregó al inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in "
|
||
"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location "
|
||
"within the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ubicación`: la ubicación en la que se encuentra actualmente "
|
||
"almacenado el producto dentro del almacén;; puede establecerse como el "
|
||
"almacén general o una ubicación dentro del almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the "
|
||
"serial number used to identify it"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Lote/Número de serie`: el lote al que pertenece el producto o el "
|
||
"número de serie utilizado para identificarlo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the "
|
||
"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a "
|
||
"new location or warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Disponible`: la cantidad total del producto almacenado en la "
|
||
"ubicación para la que se está ajustando el inventario; debe ser cero para "
|
||
"una nueva ubicación o almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to "
|
||
"inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Contado`: la cantidad de producto que se está añadiendo al "
|
||
"inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* "
|
||
"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted` column"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Diferencia`: la diferencia entre los valores *Disponible y "
|
||
"*Contado*; se actualizará automáticamente para reflejar el valor introducido"
|
||
" en la columna :guilabel:`Contado`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UdM`: la unidad de medida utilizada para contar el producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory."
|
||
msgstr "Incluya una línea por cada producto añadido al inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The "
|
||
"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the "
|
||
"inventory of the new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de añadir todos los productos ya almacenados en el nuevo almacén, "
|
||
"haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar inventario` para completar el ajuste del "
|
||
"inventario. Los valores de la columna :guilabel:`Disponible` se actualizarán"
|
||
" para reflejar los de la columna :guilabel:`Contados` y los productos "
|
||
"añadidos aparecerán en el inventario del nuevo almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre almacenes y ubicaciones?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items "
|
||
"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, un **almacén** es el edificio/lugar real en el cual almacena sus "
|
||
"artículos. Puede configurar múltiples almacenes y crear movimientos entre "
|
||
"almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be "
|
||
"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an "
|
||
"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is "
|
||
"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure "
|
||
"as many locations as you need under one warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una **ubicación** es un espacio específico dentro de su almacén. Se puede "
|
||
"considerar una sububicación de su almacén: un estante, un piso, un pasillo, "
|
||
"etc. Por lo tanto, una ubicación es parte solo de un almacén y no es posible"
|
||
" vincularla a múltiples almacenes. Puede configurar tantas ubicaciones como "
|
||
"necesite en un almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17
|
||
msgid "There are 3 types of locations:"
|
||
msgstr "Hay 3 tipos de ubicaciones:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
|
||
"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and "
|
||
"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las **ubicaciones físicas** son ubicaciones internas parte de las bodegas de"
|
||
" las cuales usted es el propietario. Estas pueden ser el área de carga y "
|
||
"descarga de su almacén, una estantería o un departamento, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
|
||
"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only "
|
||
"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las **ubicaciones de partner** son espacios dentro del almacén de un "
|
||
"proveedor o cliente. Estos funcionan de la misma manera que las ubicaciones "
|
||
"físicas con la única diferencia que usted no es el propietario del almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
|
||
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
|
||
"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of "
|
||
"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into "
|
||
"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las **ubicaciones virtuales** son lugares que no existen, pero en los cuales"
|
||
" se pueden colocar productos cuando no están físicamente en un inventario "
|
||
"aún (o ya no lo están). Son útiles cuando quiere colocar productos perdidos "
|
||
"fuera de sus existencias (en la **Pérdida de inventario**), o cuando quiere "
|
||
"tomar en cuenta productos que van camino a su almacén "
|
||
"(**Aprovisionamientos**)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your "
|
||
"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
|
||
"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the "
|
||
"organization of your warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, las ubicaciones se estructuran jerárquicamente. Puede estructurar "
|
||
"sus ubicaciones como un árbol, en una relación dependiente padre-hijo. Esto "
|
||
"le da niveles más detallados de análisis de sus operaciones de inventario y "
|
||
"la organización de sus almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Trasladar productos entre almacenes mediante reabastecimientos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to "
|
||
"transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse "
|
||
"transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-"
|
||
"warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during "
|
||
"and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting "
|
||
"an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las empresas que utilizan múltiples almacenes a menudo necesitan trasladar "
|
||
"artículos entre ellos. Esto se conoce como un *traslado interalmacén*. La "
|
||
"aplicación *Inventario* de Odoo gestiona los procesos administrativos de los"
|
||
" traslados internos para garantizar que el conteo de inventario sea preciso "
|
||
"durante y después del traslado. Este documento explicará cómo llevar a cabo "
|
||
"un traslado entre almacenes mediante el reabastecimiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar los almacenes para el reabastecimiento interalmacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
|
||
" then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide "
|
||
"additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are "
|
||
"needed for inter-warehouse replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero, asegúrese de que la función :guilabel:`rutas multietapa` está "
|
||
"habilitada. Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Ajustes` y seleccione la casilla correspondiente en la "
|
||
"sección :guilabel:`almacén`. Esto proporciona opciones de configuración "
|
||
"adicionales al crear un segundo almacén, las cuales son necesarias para los "
|
||
"reabastecimientos interalmacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an "
|
||
"additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will "
|
||
"be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De forma predeterminada, Odoo tiene configurado un almacén principal. Si no "
|
||
"ha creado un almacén adicional, puede hacerlo en el módulo "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventario`, en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Almacenes --> "
|
||
"Crear`. También puede seleccionar el almacén al que se transferirán los "
|
||
"productos en la página de :guilabel:`almacenes` y hacer clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`editar` para cambiar sus ajustes. Configure el almacén como se "
|
||
"muestra a continuación:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for "
|
||
"another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Almacén`: elija un nombre que no se utilice para otro almacén "
|
||
"(por ejemplo, `almacén alterno`)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be "
|
||
"identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Nombre corto`: elija un nombre corto que se utilizará para "
|
||
"identificar el almacén (por ejemplo, `ALT_WH`)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a"
|
||
" new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. "
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that "
|
||
"will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar` y se creará el nuevo almacén. Además, "
|
||
"aparecerá un nuevo campo :guilabel:`reabastecer de` en el formulario del "
|
||
"almacén. Haga clic en :guilabel:`editar` y luego marque la casilla a lado "
|
||
"del almacén que se utilizará para reabastecer el almacén que está "
|
||
"configurando."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Formulario de ajustes de un almacén configurado para permitir el "
|
||
"reabastecimiento entre almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are "
|
||
"transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the "
|
||
"warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San "
|
||
"Francisco 2\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con propósitos de demostración, el almacén del que se transfieren los "
|
||
"productos (salida) se llamará \"San Francisco\", y el almacén al que se "
|
||
"transfieren los productos (entrada) se llamará \"San Francisco 2\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar productos para reabastecimientos interalmacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be "
|
||
"transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"a new one, if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También debe configurar los productos de forma adecuada para que se puedan "
|
||
"transferir entre almacenes. Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos "
|
||
"--> Productos` y seleccione un producto existente o :guilabel:`cree` uno "
|
||
"nuevo si es necesario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable "
|
||
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the "
|
||
"warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse "
|
||
"that products are transferred from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Posteriormente, vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`inventario` del formulario de "
|
||
"producto y seleccione la casilla :guilabel:`X: suministrar producto de Y`, "
|
||
"donde *X* es el almacén que recibe los productos del traslado y *Y* es el "
|
||
"almacén del que se trasladan los productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr "Casilla para reabastecer productos de un almacén a otro."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another"
|
||
msgstr "Reabastecer de un almacén a otro"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will"
|
||
" be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of "
|
||
"the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el módulo :menuselection:`Inventario`, seleccione "
|
||
":menuselection:`Productos --> Productos` y elija el producto que se "
|
||
"reabastecerá. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`reabastecer` en la parte "
|
||
"superior izquierda de la página de producto y complete el formulario "
|
||
"emergente como se muestra a continuación:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse"
|
||
" being replenished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidad`: el número de unidades que se enviarán al almacén que "
|
||
"se debe reabastecer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to "
|
||
"take place"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fecha programada`: la fecha programada en la que se llevará a "
|
||
"cabo el reabastecimiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Almacén`: el almacén que se reabastecerá."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* "
|
||
"being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the "
|
||
"product will be transferred from"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Rutas preferidas`: seleccione `X: suministrar producto de Y`, "
|
||
"donde *X* es el almacén que se reabastecerá y *Y* es el almacén del que se "
|
||
"trasladarán los productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The form for replenishing a product."
|
||
msgstr "Formulario de reabastecimiento de producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the "
|
||
"outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive "
|
||
"the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and "
|
||
"incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require "
|
||
"between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-"
|
||
"step deliveries and receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Hacer clic en :guilabel:`confirmar` creará una orden de entrega para la "
|
||
"salida del almacén, junto con una recepción para el almacén que recibirá el "
|
||
"producto. Dependiendo de los ajustes de configuración para la entrada y "
|
||
"salida de los almacenes, procesar las órdenes de entrega y recepciones puede"
|
||
" necesitar de entre uno y tres pasos. Este documento explicará cómo procesar"
|
||
" entregas y recepciones en un solo paso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Process the delivery order"
|
||
msgstr "Procesar la orden de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the"
|
||
" warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` "
|
||
"button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, "
|
||
"then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order"
|
||
" page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to "
|
||
"reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has"
|
||
" been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the "
|
||
"quantities shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La primera etapa de una orden de reabastecimiento es procesar la entrega del"
|
||
" almacén del que se traslada el producto. En el tablero de "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario`, seleccione el botón :guilabel:`X por procesar` "
|
||
"en la tarjeta :guilabel:`órdenes de entrega` para la salida del almacén, "
|
||
"luego seleccione la orden de entrega que se creó para el reabastecimiento. "
|
||
"En la página de la orden de entrega, haga clic en el botón "
|
||
":guilabel:`comprobar disponibilidad` en la parte superior izquierda para "
|
||
"reservar la cantidad del producto que se trasladará. Una vez que se realice "
|
||
"la entrega, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`validar` para registrar las "
|
||
"cantidades enviadas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "La tarjeta de órdenes de entrega para la saida del almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for "
|
||
"that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`"
|
||
" button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then "
|
||
"the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the "
|
||
"quantities received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que la mercancía llega al almacén de entrada, también se debe "
|
||
"procesar la recepción que se crea para ese almacén. Regrese al tablero de "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario` y seleccione el botón :guilabel:`X por procesar`"
|
||
" en la tarjeta de :guilabel:`recepciones` para el almacén de entrada, luego "
|
||
"en la recepción que se creó para el reabastecimiento. En la página de "
|
||
"recepciones, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`validar` en la parte superior "
|
||
"izquierda de la página para registrar las cantidades recibidas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in "
|
||
"the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both "
|
||
"warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the "
|
||
":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de procesar la recepción, los productos transferidos ahora "
|
||
"aparecerán en el inventario del almacén de entrada. Puede ver los números de"
|
||
" existencias para ambos almacenes si regresa a la página de producto y "
|
||
"selecciona el botón :guilabel:`X unidades a la mano` en la parte superior de"
|
||
" la pantalla."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Automatizar el reabastecimiento interalmacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of "
|
||
"replenishing one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al utilizar las reglas de reordenamiento es posible automatizar el proceso "
|
||
"de reabastecimiento de un almacén a otro."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the "
|
||
"product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the "
|
||
"top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to "
|
||
"configure the form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para empezar, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Productos --> Productos`"
|
||
" y elija el producto que se reabastecerá. En la página de producto, "
|
||
"seleccione el botón inteligente :guilabel:`reglas de reordenamiento` en la "
|
||
"parte superior del formulario. Después, en la siguiente página, haga clic en"
|
||
" :guilabel:`crear` para configurar el formulario como se muestra a "
|
||
"continuación:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish "
|
||
"when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ubicación`: la ubicación que la regla de reordenamiento "
|
||
"reabastecerá cuando se activa. En este caso, es el almacén de entrada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming "
|
||
"warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidad mínima`: la regla de reordenamiento se activará cuando "
|
||
"la cantidad a la mano en el almacén de entrada esté por debajo de este "
|
||
"número."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product"
|
||
" will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidad máxima`: cuando se activa la regla de reordenamiento, el"
|
||
" producto se reabastecerá en el almacén de entrada hasta la cantidad "
|
||
"indicada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished "
|
||
"in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be "
|
||
"replenished in batches of 20"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidad múltiple`: especifique si el producto se debe "
|
||
"reabastecer por lotes de una cantidad determinada. Por ejemplo, un producto "
|
||
"se puede reabastecer en lotes de 20."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this "
|
||
"value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
|
||
"length, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UdM`: la unidad de medida que se utiliza para reordenar el "
|
||
"producto. Este valor puede ser simplemente `unidades`, o una unidad de "
|
||
"medida específica para peso, longitud, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A fully configured reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr "Una regla de reordenamiento configurada por completo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created."
|
||
" Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be "
|
||
"created for each reordering rule that has been triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para terminar, haga clic en :guilabel:`guardar`, esto creará la orden de "
|
||
"reordenamiento. Cuando el planificador se ejecute de forma automática cada "
|
||
"día, se creará un traslado para cada regla de reordenamiento activada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> "
|
||
"Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the"
|
||
" pop-up that appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para activar las reglas de reordenamiento de forma manual, vaya al módulo "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario` y seleccione :menuselection:`Operación --> "
|
||
"Ejecutar planificador`, luego haga clic en el botón de color verde "
|
||
":guilabel:`ejecutar planificador` de la ventana emergente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for "
|
||
"the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order "
|
||
"and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de la ejecución del planificador, se crearán una orden de entrega y "
|
||
"una recepción para la salida y entrada al almacén, respectivamente. Tanto la"
|
||
" orden de entrega como la recepción se deben procesar con el mismo método "
|
||
"que se explicó anteriormente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas avanzadas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Concepts"
|
||
msgstr "Conceptos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Organizar un cross-dock en un almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
|
||
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
|
||
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
|
||
"another truck."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cross-docking es el proceso de enviar productos que se reciben directamente "
|
||
"al cliente, sin hacer que ingresen a las existencias. Los camiones "
|
||
"simplemente se descargan en un área de *Cross-Dock* con el fin de "
|
||
"reorganizar productos y cargar otro camión."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
|
||
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
|
||
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para obtener más información sobre cómo organizar su almacén, consulte "
|
||
"nuestro blog: `¿Qué es cross-docking y es lo que necesita? "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-"
|
||
"is-it-for-me-270>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación *Inventario*, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes` y active las *rutas multietapa*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Hacer esto habilitará también la función *Ubicaciones de almacenamiento*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
|
||
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se deben configurar los envíos *entrantes* y *salientes* para que funcionen "
|
||
"con 2 pasos. Para adaptar la configuración, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Almacenes` y edite su "
|
||
"almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
|
||
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Esta modificación lo llevará a la creación de una ruta de *Cross-Docking* "
|
||
"que puede encontrar en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> "
|
||
"Rutas`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar productos con ruta de cross-dock"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
|
||
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
|
||
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
|
||
"for it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cree el producto que utiliza la *ruta de cross-dock* y en la pestaña de "
|
||
"Inventario seleccione las rutas *Comprar* y *Cross-Dock*. En la pestaña de "
|
||
"compra especifique el proveedor de quien compra el producto y establezca su "
|
||
"precio."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
|
||
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
|
||
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
|
||
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
|
||
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
|
||
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez hecho esto, cree una orden de venta para el producto y confírmela. "
|
||
"Odoo creará automáticamente dos traslados, los cuales se vincularán a la "
|
||
"orden de venta. El primer traslado es de la *ubicación de entrada* a la "
|
||
"*ubicación de salida*, el cual corresponde al movimiento del producto en el "
|
||
"área de *Cross-Dock*. El segundo es la orden de entrega de la *ubicación de "
|
||
"salida* a la *ubicación de cliente*. Ambos están en el estado *En espera de "
|
||
"otra operación* porque aún debemos ordenar el producto de nuestro proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
|
||
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
|
||
"products in the *Input Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora vaya a la aplicación *Compra*. Ahí encontrará la orden de compra que "
|
||
"el sistema activó de forma automática. Valídela y reciba los productos en la"
|
||
" *ubicación de entrada*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
|
||
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
|
||
"*Output*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se han recibido los productos del proveedor, puede regresar a su "
|
||
"orden de venta inicial y validar el traslado interno de *entrada* a "
|
||
"*salida*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La orden de entrada está lista para procesarse y también se puede validar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Venda las existencias de productos de varios almacenes utilizando "
|
||
"ubicaciones virtuales"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for "
|
||
"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell "
|
||
"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Mientras que mantener existencias y vender inventario desde un almacén puede"
|
||
" funcionar para las empresas más pequeñas, las empresas más grandes pueden "
|
||
"necesitar mantener existencias en, o vender desde, múltiples almacenes en "
|
||
"múltiples ubicaciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take "
|
||
"stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple"
|
||
" warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual "
|
||
"locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, a veces los productos incluidos en una sola orden de venta pueden "
|
||
"utilizar existencias de dos (o más) almacenes. Asimismo, es posible sacar "
|
||
"productos de múltiples almacenes para satisfacer las demandas de ventas al "
|
||
"utilizar las *ubicaciones virtuales*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the "
|
||
"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step"
|
||
" Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` "
|
||
"app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear ubicaciones virtuales en almacenes y proceder con los siguientes "
|
||
"pasos, las funciones :guilabel:`Ubicaciones de almacenamiento` y "
|
||
":guilabel:`Rutas de múltiples pasos` deberán estar activadas en la "
|
||
"aplicación :menuselection:`Configuración`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
|
||
"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes "
|
||
"next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. "
|
||
"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ello, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`,"
|
||
" y vaya hacia abajo en la página hasta la sección :guilabel:`Almacén`, luego"
|
||
" dé clic en las casillas que se encuentran al lado de :guilabel:`Ubicaciones"
|
||
" de almacén` y :guilabel:`Rutas de múltiples pasos`. Para concluir dé clic "
|
||
"en, :guilabel:`Guardar` los cambios."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location"
|
||
msgstr "Cree y configure una ubicación principal virtual"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be"
|
||
" created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be "
|
||
"the *parent* location of other physical warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Es necesario crear un nuevo almacén antes de crear un almacén de existencias"
|
||
" virtual. Este nuevo almacén fungirá como una ubicación *virtual* y será la "
|
||
"dirección *principal* de otros almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical "
|
||
"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs "
|
||
"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock "
|
||
"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be "
|
||
"used to fulfill a single sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los almacenes virtuales son ideales para empresas con varios almacenes "
|
||
"físicos. Esto se debe a que es posible que un almacén se quede sin "
|
||
"existencias de un determinado producto, pero otro aún disponga de unidades "
|
||
"disponibles. En este caso, las existencias de estos dos (o más) almacenes "
|
||
"podrían utilizarse para satisfacer un único pedido de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory "
|
||
"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los almacenes \"virtuales\" funcionan como un agrupador único de todo el "
|
||
"inventario guardado en los almacenes físicos de una empresa, y se utiliza "
|
||
"(por motivos de traceabilidad) para crear jerarquías en las ubicaciones de "
|
||
"Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Create a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Crear un nuevo almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration"
|
||
" --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse "
|
||
":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other "
|
||
"warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse "
|
||
"Configuration` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear un nuevo almacén, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Almacenes`, y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear`. Desde aquí, "
|
||
"puede cambiar el :guilabel:`Nombre` y el :guilabel:`Nombre corto` del "
|
||
"almacén, así como otros detalles del almacén desde la opción que se "
|
||
"encuentra debajo de la pestaña :guilabel:`Configuración del almacén`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to "
|
||
"process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by"
|
||
" selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will "
|
||
"depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for "
|
||
"individual products or product categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el encabezado :guilabel:`Envíos`, establezca el número de pasos "
|
||
"utilizados para procesar los :guilabel:`Envíos entrantes` y "
|
||
":guilabel:`Envíos salientes` y seleccione entre las opciones de :guilabel:`1"
|
||
" paso`, :guilabel:`2 pasos` y :guilabel:`3 pasos`. La opción deseada para "
|
||
":guilabel:`Envíos entrantes` y :guilabel:`Envíos salientes` dependerá del "
|
||
"proceso de aprovisionamiento del almacén, y puede diferir para productos "
|
||
"individuales o categorías de productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":doc:`¿Cómo elegir el mejor flujo para gestionar las recepciones y los "
|
||
"envíos? "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the "
|
||
"warehouse resupplies its inventory:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede configurar el o los métodos de reabastecimiento de inventario del "
|
||
"almacen desde la pestaña :guilabel:`Reabastecimiento`:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components"
|
||
" from this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Reabastecer a subcontratistas`: reabastece a subcontratistas con "
|
||
"componentes de este almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they "
|
||
"can be manufactured in this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fabricación para reabastecimiento`: cuando los productos se "
|
||
"fabrican, pueden producirse en este almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the "
|
||
"production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick "
|
||
"first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input "
|
||
"location first, and then transfer it to the production location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:Fabricación: para producir de inmediato, mueva los componentes "
|
||
"directamente a la ubicación de producción y comience el proceso de "
|
||
"fabricación; para recoger primero y luego producir, descargue los "
|
||
"componentes del stock a la ubicación de entrada primero y luego "
|
||
"transfiéralos a la ubicación de producción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered"
|
||
" to this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:Comprar para reabastecer: cuando compra productos estos pueden ser"
|
||
" entregados en este almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this "
|
||
"warehouse from another chosen warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Formulario de reabastecimiento`: crea de manera automática rutas "
|
||
"de reabastecimiento para este almacen desde otro almacén elegido."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
|
||
"form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse"
|
||
" is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las *Rutas* pueden ser establecidas y configuradas desde el formulario "
|
||
":guilabel:`Almacén` dando clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Rutas`. "
|
||
"Una vez que haya configurado el almacén, puede generar las *Ubicaciones* "
|
||
"virtuales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr "La pantalla de edición para crear un nuevo almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two "
|
||
"*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with"
|
||
" physical stock locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar este almacén virtual como la ubicación *principal* de otras "
|
||
"dos ubicaciones *secundarias* es necesario que configure dos almacenes con "
|
||
"ubicaciones físicas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Parent Warehouse**"
|
||
msgstr "*Almacén principal**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Almacén`: `Almacén virtual`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Ubicación`: `VWH`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Child Warehouses**"
|
||
msgstr "**Almacenes secundarios**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Almacenes`: `Almacén A` and `Almacén B`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Ubicaciones`: `WHA/Existencias` y `WHB/Existencias`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Create a virtual parent location"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una ubicación principal virtual"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, "
|
||
"there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of "
|
||
"the *virtual parent location* warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para poder tomar existencias de productos de múltiples almacenes y cumplir "
|
||
"con un pedido de venta, debe haber al menos **dos** almacenes que actúen "
|
||
"como *ubicaciones secundarias* del almacén *principal virtual*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, "
|
||
"including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was"
|
||
" created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual "
|
||
"warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear y editar *Ubicaciones* diríjase a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ubicaciones`. Aquí aparecerán todas las :guilabel:`Ubicaciones` enumeradas, incluida la :guilabel:`Ubicación` de las *existencias* del almacén virtual que creó.\n"
|
||
" Haga clic en la guilabel:`Ubicación` de las *Existencias* para el almacén virtual que creó (:dfn:Nombre del almacén/Existencias`)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, en la sección :guilabel:Información Adicional, cambie el "
|
||
":guilabel:Tipo de Ubicación de :guilabel:Ubicación Interna a "
|
||
":guilabel:Vista. :guilabel:`Guardar` los cambios."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is "
|
||
"used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its "
|
||
"*child locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Esto identifica esta :guilabel:Ubicación como una *ubicación virtual*, que "
|
||
"se utiliza para crear una estructura jerárquica para un almacén y agrupar "
|
||
"sus *ubicaciones secundarias*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location "
|
||
"Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los productos *no* pueden almacenarse en una :guilabel:`Ubicación` de tipo "
|
||
":guilabel:`vista`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tipos de ubicación de almacén en la pantalla de creación de ubicaciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations"
|
||
msgstr "Configure ubicaciones físicas de almacenes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), "
|
||
"and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the "
|
||
"first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to"
|
||
" be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Regrese a la vista general de :guilabel:`Ubicaciones` (a través de las migas"
|
||
" de pan), ) y elimine cualquier filtro en la :guilabel:`Barra de búsqueda`. "
|
||
"Después, haga clic en la primera :guilabel:`Ubicación` física del almacén "
|
||
"que se creó antes como una *ubicación secundaria* y luego haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Editar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the "
|
||
"drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical"
|
||
" warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Debajo de la :guilabel:Ubicación principal`, seleccione el almacén virtual "
|
||
"de la lista desplegable y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` cambios. Luego, "
|
||
"regresa a la vista general de :guilabel:`Ubicaciones`, y repita este paso "
|
||
"para la segunda ubicación física del almacén de stock. Asegúrese de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Guardar` los cambios de nuevo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent "
|
||
"location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill "
|
||
"a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location "
|
||
"(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent "
|
||
"location*)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ambas ubicaciones ahora son *ubicaciones secundarias* de la *ubicación "
|
||
"principal* del almacén virtual. Esto permite seleccionar existencias desde "
|
||
"múltiples ubicaciones para cumplir con un solo pedido de venta, en caso de "
|
||
"que no haya suficiente existencias en una sola ubicación (siempre y cuando "
|
||
"estén vinculadas a la misma *ubicación principal* del almacén virtual)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:136
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Ejemplo de flujo: Vender un producto desde un almacén virtual"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location "
|
||
"in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** "
|
||
"warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand "
|
||
"in each warehouse, respectively."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para vender productos desde múltiples almacenes mediante una ubicación "
|
||
"*principal* virtual en este flujo, debe haber al menos **dos** productos y "
|
||
"**dos** almacenes configurados, con un mínimo de **un** producto disponible "
|
||
"en cada almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new "
|
||
"quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear una nueva solicitud de cotización, diríjase a la aplicación de "
|
||
":menuselection:`Ventas` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` desde la vista "
|
||
"general de :guilabel:`Cotizaciones`. Complete la información en la nueva "
|
||
"cotización y añada un :guilabel:`Cliente`, después haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Agregar un producto` para añadir los dos productos almacenados en"
|
||
" los dos almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field "
|
||
"value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the "
|
||
"warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the "
|
||
"quotation into a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Información adicional` en el "
|
||
"formulario de la orden de venta. Bajo la sección :guilabel:`Entrega`, cambie"
|
||
" el valor del campo :guilabel:`Almacén` por el almacén virtual que se creó "
|
||
"anteriormente. Una vez que se haya cambiado el almacén, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirmar` para convertir la cotización en una orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm"
|
||
" that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the"
|
||
" virtual warehouse location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora que la cotización se confirmó como una orden de venta, haga clic en el"
|
||
" botón inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega`. Desde el formulario de entrega del "
|
||
"almacén, verifique que el valor de :guilabel:`Ubicación de Origen` coincida "
|
||
"con el valor de :guilabel:`Almacén` del formulario de la orden de venta. "
|
||
"Ambos deben listar la ubicación del almacén virtual."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales "
|
||
"order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales "
|
||
"order to be pulled from different warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La :guilabel:`Ubicación de Origen` en el formulario de entrega del almacén y"
|
||
" el :guilabel:`Almacén` bajo la pestaña :guilabel:`Información Adicional` en"
|
||
" el formulario de la orden de venta *deben* coincidir para que los productos"
|
||
" incluidos en la orden de venta se extraigan de diferentes almacenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`"
|
||
" field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the"
|
||
" change, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el almacén virtual no es el valor en el campo :guilabel:`Ubicación de "
|
||
"Origen` en el formulario de entrega del almacén, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Editar`, realice el cambio y dé clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field"
|
||
" on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el almacén virtual no es el valor en el campo :guilabel:`Almacén` en la "
|
||
"orden de venta, es posible que deba generar una nueva cotización."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If whe :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then "
|
||
"the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up"
|
||
" correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure"
|
||
" all settings/configuration were done properly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el campo :guilabel:`Almacén` falta en el formulario de la orden de venta,"
|
||
" es posible que el almacén virtual (y sus almacenes secundarios) no se hayan"
|
||
" configurado correctamente. En ese caso, revise la documentación anterior "
|
||
"para asegurarse de que se hayan realizado de manera correcta todas las "
|
||
"configuraciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Orden de entrega con ubicaciones de origen y secundarias coincidentes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed "
|
||
"Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* "
|
||
"that are tied to the virtual *parent location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por último, en el formulario de entrega del almacén, bajo la pestaña "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operaciones Detalladas`, verifique que los valores de las "
|
||
"*Ubicaciones* en la columna :guilabel:`Desde` para cada producto coincidan "
|
||
"con las *ubicaciones secundarias* que están vinculadas a la *ubicación "
|
||
"principal* virtual."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down "
|
||
"menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the "
|
||
"*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted "
|
||
"there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ver desde qué *ubicaciones* provienen los productos en los menús "
|
||
"desplegables, haga clic en el icono de :guilabel:`enlace interno (flecha)` "
|
||
"para expandir la información de la *Ubicación*. Si es necesario, puede "
|
||
"cambiarla desde aquí (siempre que haya alguna cantidad disponible del "
|
||
"producto en esa ubicación)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales"
|
||
" order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to "
|
||
"invoice for the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que todo esté configurado de modo correcto, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validar` y luego en :guilabel:`Aplicar` para validar la entrega. "
|
||
"Luego, regrese al formulario de la orden de venta (a través de las migas de "
|
||
"pan) y dé clic en :guilabel:`Crear Factura` para facturar la orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales "
|
||
"orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them "
|
||
"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their "
|
||
"employee form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para utilizar una *ubicación principal* virtual como almacén predeterminado "
|
||
"para las órdenes de venta, cada representante de ventas puede tener asignado"
|
||
" el almacén virtual desde el menú desplegable junto a :guilabel:`Almacén "
|
||
"Predeterminado` en su formulario de empleado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form."
|
||
msgstr "Ubicación de almacén predeterminada en el formulario de empleado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Usar rutas y reglas pull o push"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
|
||
"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available "
|
||
"in the retail channel."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la gestión de inventario, la estrategia de cadena de suministro determina"
|
||
" cuando deben fabricarse los productos, entregarse a centros de distribución"
|
||
" y estar disponibles en el canal minorista."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring "
|
||
"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory"
|
||
" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given "
|
||
"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Este tipo de procesos estratégicos se pueden configurar mediante las "
|
||
"*Rutas*, así como las *reglas push y pull*. Una vez que todo está "
|
||
"configurado de forma adecuada, la aplicación Inventario puede generar "
|
||
"automáticamente los traslados siguiendo las instrucciones dadas por las "
|
||
"reglas. Sí, Odoo le simplifica la vida."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Dentro del almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, "
|
||
"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and "
|
||
"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also "
|
||
"trigger all the route's rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Imaginemos un plan de almacén genérico, en el que se encuentran los muelles "
|
||
"de recepción, un área de control de calidad, ubicaciones de almacenamiento, "
|
||
"áreas de recolección y empaquetado, y muelles de envío. Todos los productos "
|
||
"pasan por todas estas ubicaciones, que también activan todas las reglas de "
|
||
"la ruta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista de un almacén genérico con áreas de existencias y de control de "
|
||
"calidad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving "
|
||
"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these"
|
||
" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used "
|
||
"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly "
|
||
"stored in their respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este ejemplo, los camiones de los proveedores descargan los palés de "
|
||
"productos ordenados en los muelles de recepción. A continuación, los "
|
||
"operadores escanean los productos en el área de recepción. Algunos de estos "
|
||
"productos se envían a una zona de control de calidad (por ejemplo, los "
|
||
"destinados a usarse durante el proceso de fabricación), mientras que otros "
|
||
"se almacenan directamente en sus respectivas ubicaciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products"
|
||
msgstr "Vista de una regla push genérica al recibir productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
|
||
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
|
||
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
|
||
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes"
|
||
" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered"
|
||
" to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Este es un ejemplo de una ruta de cumplimiento. Por la mañana, se recogen "
|
||
"los artículos para todas las órdenes que deben prepararse durante el día. "
|
||
"Estos artículos se recogen de las ubicaciones de almacenamiento y se "
|
||
"trasladan a la zona de recolección, cerca de donde se empaquetan las "
|
||
"órdenes. A continuación, las órdenes se empaquetan en sus respectivas cajas "
|
||
"y las transportadoras los acercan a los muelles de envío, listos para "
|
||
"entregarse a los clientes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries"
|
||
msgstr "Vista de una regla pull genérica al preparar entregas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
|
||
msgid "How does it work?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Como funciona?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Pull Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Reglas pull"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
|
||
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con las *reglas pull*, la demanda de algunos productos activa los "
|
||
"aprovisionamientos, mientras que las *reglas push* se activan debido a "
|
||
"productos que llegan a ubicaciones específicas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale "
|
||
"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product"
|
||
" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for "
|
||
"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery "
|
||
"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the "
|
||
"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se puede decir que las *reglas pull* se utilizan para cumplir con una orden "
|
||
"de venta. Por lo tanto, Odoo genera una necesidad en la *ubicación del "
|
||
"cliente* para cada producto en la orden. Debido a que las *reglas pull* se "
|
||
"activan debido a una necesidad, Odoo busca una *regla pull* definida en la "
|
||
"*ubicación del cliente*. En nuestro caso, se encuentra una regla pull de "
|
||
"orden de entrega que traslada productos del *área de envío* a la *ubicación "
|
||
"del cliente*, y se crea un traslado entre ambas locaciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
|
||
"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the "
|
||
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are "
|
||
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, Odoo encuentra otra regla pull que trata de satisfacer la necesidad "
|
||
"del *área de envío*: la *regla de empaquetado* que traslada productos del "
|
||
"*área de empaquetado* al *área de envío*. Y, finalmente, se activan otras "
|
||
"reglas hasta que se crea un traslado entre las *existencias* y el *área de "
|
||
"recolección*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and "
|
||
"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the "
|
||
"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo pregenera todos estos traslados, empezando por el final y yendo hacia "
|
||
"atrás. Mientras trabaja, el operador procesa estos traslados en el orden "
|
||
"inverso: primero la recolección, luego el empaquetado y después la orden de "
|
||
"entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:81
|
||
msgid "Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Reglas push"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
|
||
"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when "
|
||
"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a"
|
||
" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por otro lado, las *reglas push* son mucho más fáciles de entender. En lugar"
|
||
" de pregenerar documentos según las necesidades, se activan en vivo cuando "
|
||
"los productos llegan a una ubicación específica. Las *reglas push* "
|
||
"básicamente dicen: \"cuando un producto llega a una ubicación específica, se"
|
||
" debe trasladar a otra ubicación\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, "
|
||
"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to "
|
||
"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different"
|
||
" products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un ejemplo simple sería: cuando un producto llega al *área de recepción*, se"
|
||
" deben trasladar a la *ubicación de almacenamiento*. Como se pueden aplicar "
|
||
"distintas reglas a distintos productos, puede asignar distintas ubicaciones "
|
||
"de almacenamiento a distintos productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the "
|
||
"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to "
|
||
"their *Storage Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Otra regla podría ser: cuando lleguen productos a la ubicación, se deben "
|
||
"trasladar al *área de control de calidad*. Una vez realizado el control de "
|
||
"calidad, se deben trasladar a la *ubicación de inventario*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the "
|
||
"upstream transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las *reglas push* se pueden activar solo si ninguna *regla pull* pregeneró "
|
||
"los traslados ascendentes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines"
|
||
" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during "
|
||
"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the "
|
||
"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los conjuntos de reglas como estas se llaman rutas. El grupo en la regla "
|
||
"define como se agrupan o no los productos en el mismo traslado. Por ejemplo,"
|
||
" durante la operación de recolección, todas las órdenes se agrupan en un "
|
||
"traslado, mientras que la operación de empaquetado respeta el agrupamiento "
|
||
"por orden de cliente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:109
|
||
msgid "Use Routes and Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Uso de rutas y reglas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
|
||
"manage advanced routes configuration such as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ya que las *rutas* son un conjunto de *reglas push y pull*, Odoo le ayuda a "
|
||
"gestionar la configuración avanzada de rutas como:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar cadenas de fabricación de productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:115
|
||
msgid "Manage default locations per product;"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar ubicaciones predeterminadas por producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as "
|
||
"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Definir rutas dentro de sus almacenes de acuerdo a las necesidades "
|
||
"empresariales, como el control de calidad, servicios posventa, o "
|
||
"devoluciones de proveedores."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ayudar a la gestión de alquileres al generar movimientos de devolución "
|
||
"automatizados para los productos alquilados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory "
|
||
"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, "
|
||
"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar una ruta como las descritas anteriormente, abra la "
|
||
"**aplicación Inventario** y vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes`. Luego active la función de *rutas multietapa*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Activación de la función de múltiples pasos en la aplicación de Inventario "
|
||
"de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-"
|
||
"Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La función de *ubicaciones de inventario* se activa de forma automática con "
|
||
"las *rutas multietapa*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-"
|
||
"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se completó el primer paso, debe elegir entre rutas configuradas"
|
||
" previamente o personalizadas. Ambas se explican a continuación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:137
|
||
msgid "Pre-configured Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas configuradas previamente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find "
|
||
"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. "
|
||
"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for "
|
||
"incoming and outgoing shipments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las rutas configuradas previamente de Odoo están disponibles en el menú de "
|
||
"almacenes. Para encontrarlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Almacenes`. Ahí abra su almacén y edítelo para ver las "
|
||
"rutas configuradas previamente para envíos entrantes y salientes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "Almacén con preconfiguración en la aplicación de Inventario de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to"
|
||
" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once "
|
||
"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Algunas rutas más avanzadas, como la de recolección-empaquetado-envío, ya "
|
||
"están configuradas para facilitarle la vida. Se basan en su elección de "
|
||
"envíos. Una vez que haya tomado una decisión, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Rutas` para ver las rutas "
|
||
"que Odoo generó para usted."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers"
|
||
msgstr "Vista de todas las rutas preconfiguradas que Odoo ofrece"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the "
|
||
"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* "
|
||
"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Abrir una de esas rutas le permite ver donde puede aplicar la ruta. Todas "
|
||
"las categorías de producto seleccionadas en el almacén *SuEmpresa* están "
|
||
"configuradas para seguir la ruta de 3 pasos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Vista de un ejemplo de ruta que se aplica en una categoría y almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can "
|
||
"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the"
|
||
" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the"
|
||
" rules for the pre-configured route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aunque es más fácil para muchas empresas, este proceso puede no ajustarse a "
|
||
"la suya. Por lo tanto, puede configurar rutas personalizadas en las que "
|
||
"puede definir sus propias reglas, pero también la ubicación de origen y "
|
||
"destino de cada acción. Como ejemplo, aquí están las reglas de la ruta "
|
||
"preconfigurada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ejemplo de reglas con acciones Push y Pull en la aplicación de Inventario de"
|
||
" Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:175
|
||
msgid "Custom Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Rutas personalizadas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be "
|
||
"selected. Of course, combinations are available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear una ruta personalizada, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Rutas`, haga clic en crear y elija dónde se puede "
|
||
"seleccionar esta ruta. Hay combinaciones disponibles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example"
|
||
msgstr "Vista de un ejemplo de una ruta Recolectar - Empacar - Enviar"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:186
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
|
||
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cada lugar tiene un comportamiento distinto, es importante seleccionar solo "
|
||
"los de utilidad y adaptar cada ruta en consecuencia."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:189
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the "
|
||
"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this "
|
||
"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from "
|
||
"the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al aplicar la ruta en una categoría de producto (:menuselection:`Inventario "
|
||
"--> Configuración --> Categorías de producto`), se aplican todas las reglas "
|
||
"configuradas en la ruta a **todos** los productos de la categoría. Por "
|
||
"ejemplo, esto puede ser útil si utiliza el proceso de triangulación para "
|
||
"todos los productos de la misma categoría."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category"
|
||
msgstr "Vista de una ruta que se aplica a \"todas\" las categorías de productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:199
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all "
|
||
"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the "
|
||
"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El mismo comportamiento se aplica a los almacenes. Si selecciona "
|
||
"*Almacenes*, todos los traslados que ocurren dentro del almacén seleccionado"
|
||
" y cumplen las condiciones de las reglas vinculadas siguen esa ruta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Vista del menú de ruta al seleccionar \"Aplicable\" en un almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:207
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to "
|
||
"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful "
|
||
"if some products go through different routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para las *líneas de la orden de venta*, es más o menos lo contrario. Debe "
|
||
"elegir la ruta usted mismo al crear la cotización. Esto es bastante útil si "
|
||
"algunos productos utilizan rutas diferentes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista del menú de ruta al seleccionar \"Aplicable\" en las líneas de orden "
|
||
"de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:215
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it"
|
||
" must be selected on the sales order, such as below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si trabaja con este tipo de ruta, es importante tener en cuenta que se debe "
|
||
"seleccionar en la orden de venta, como se muestra a continuación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista del menú que permite agregar nuevas líneas a las órdenes de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:222
|
||
msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document."
|
||
msgstr "Posteriormente, se puede elegir la ruta en cada línea del documento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders"
|
||
msgstr "Vista de las rutas que se agregaron a las órdenes de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:228
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
|
||
"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set"
|
||
" on which product it must be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por último, hay rutas que se pueden aplicar a productos. Estas funcionan más"
|
||
" o menos como las categorías de productos: una vez seleccionada, debe "
|
||
"establecer manualmente a qué productos se aplica."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products"
|
||
msgstr "Vista del menú al seleccionar \"Aplicable\" en productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and "
|
||
"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory"
|
||
" tab* and select the route you’ve created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Datos maestros --> "
|
||
"Productos` y abra el que desea aplicar la ruta. Posteriormente, vaya a la "
|
||
"*pestaña de Inventario* y seleccione la ruta que creó."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected"
|
||
msgstr "Vista de un formulario de producto en donde debe seleccionar una ruta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:244
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t "
|
||
"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those "
|
||
"are vital to have working routings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si, a primera vista, la configuración de las rutas parece fácil, no olvide "
|
||
"que aún no hemos establecido ninguna regla. Aunque no son difíciles de "
|
||
"configurar, son vitales para tener rutas funcionales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:249
|
||
msgid "Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Reglas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*"
|
||
" section, and click on *Add a line* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las reglas se deben definir en las rutas. Para hacerlo, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Rutas`, luego vaya a la "
|
||
"sección de *Reglas* y haga clic en el botón de *Agregar una línea*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules"
|
||
msgstr "Vista del menú de reglas donde se pueden agregar nuevas reglas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
|
||
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all "
|
||
"of them:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las reglas disponibles activan varias acciones. Si Odoo ofrece reglas *push*"
|
||
" y *pull*, también hay otras disponibles. A continuación las explicaremos:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:263
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a "
|
||
"specific location. The need can come from a sale order which has been "
|
||
"validated or from a manufacturing order which requires a specific component."
|
||
" When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking"
|
||
" to fulfill this need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Tomar de**: esta regla se activa por la necesidad de un producto en una "
|
||
"ubicación específica. La necesidad puede venir de una orden de venta "
|
||
"validada o de una orden de fabricación que requiere un componente "
|
||
"específico. Cuando la necesidad aparece en la ubicación de destino, Odoo "
|
||
"genera una recolección para satisfacer esta necesidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the "
|
||
"defined source location. In the case you move products to the source "
|
||
"location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination"
|
||
" location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Enviar a**: esta regla se activa por la llegada de algunos productos en la"
|
||
" ubicación de origen definida. En caso de que mueva productos de la "
|
||
"ubicación de origen, Odoo genera una recolección para mover esos productos a"
|
||
" la ubicación de destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:272
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pull & Push**: this rule allows generating pickings in the two situations "
|
||
"explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific "
|
||
"location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that "
|
||
"need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered "
|
||
"to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to"
|
||
" the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Pull y Push**: esta regla permite generar recolecciones en las dos "
|
||
"situaciones que se explicaron anteriormente. Significa que cuando se "
|
||
"necesitan productos en una ubicación específica, se crea un traslado de una "
|
||
"ubicación anterior para satisfacer esa necesidad. Esto crea una necesidad en"
|
||
" la ubicación anterior y se activa una regla para satisfacerla. Una vez que "
|
||
"se satisfaga la segunda necesidad, los productos se envían a la primera "
|
||
"ubicación y se satisfacen todas las necesidades."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:278
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for"
|
||
" quotation is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Comprar**: cuando se necesitan productos en la ubicación de destino, se "
|
||
"crea una solicitud de cotización para satisfacer la necesidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:280
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a "
|
||
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Fabricar**: cuando se necesitan productos en la ubicación de origen, se "
|
||
"crea una orden de fabricación para satisfacer la necesidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista general de un traslado que se solicitó entre las zonas de existencias "
|
||
"y de empaquetado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:287
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining "
|
||
"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, "
|
||
"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También debe definir el *tipo de operación*. Esta operación permite definir "
|
||
"qué tipo de recolección se crea de la regla. Con la captura de pantalla "
|
||
"anterior, la recolección que se creó es, por ejemplo, un traslado interno."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:292
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the "
|
||
"source location:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por otro lado, el *método de suministro*, permite definir qué pasa en la "
|
||
"ubicación de origen:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:295
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the "
|
||
"source location;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Tomar de las existencias**: los productos se toman de las existencias "
|
||
"disponibles de la ubicación de origen."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:297
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the"
|
||
" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Activar otra regla**: el sistema trata de encontrar una regla de "
|
||
"existencias para traer los productos a la ubicación de origen. Se ignoran "
|
||
"las existencias disponibles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:300
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are "
|
||
"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock "
|
||
"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the "
|
||
"source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Tomar de las existencias, si no hay disponibles, activar otra regla**: se "
|
||
"toman los productos de las existencias disponibles de la ubicación de "
|
||
"origen. Si no hay existencias disponibles, el sistema trata de encontrar una"
|
||
" regla para traer productos a la ubicación de origen."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:305
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of "
|
||
"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate "
|
||
"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer "
|
||
"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an "
|
||
"alert in the form of a *next activity*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la sección de *planeación* puede determinar cómo se comporta Odoo cuando "
|
||
"se reprograma una de las recolecciones de la cadena. En caso de que decida "
|
||
"**propagar la reprogramación**, también se reprograma el próximo movimiento."
|
||
" Si prefiere tener la elección de reprogramar el siguiente movimiento, puede"
|
||
" decidir recibir una alerta mediante una *siguiente actividad*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:313
|
||
msgid "What about a full flow?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Qué hay de un flujo completo?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:315
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a "
|
||
"full flow with an advanced custom route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"¿Recuerda nuestra ruta personalizada de Recolectar - Empaquetar - Enviar? La"
|
||
" usaremos para probar un flujo completo con una ruta personalizada avanzada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three "
|
||
"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero, echemos un vistazo a nuestras reglas y sus métodos de suministro: "
|
||
"tenemos tres reglas, todas son reglas **Tomar de (Pull From)**. Los métodos "
|
||
"de suministro son los siguientes:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:322
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* "
|
||
"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from "
|
||
"WH/Stock to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Tomar de las existencias**: Cuando se necesitan productos en WH/Zona de "
|
||
"empaquetado, se crean *recolecciones* de WH/Existencias (traslados internos "
|
||
"de WH/Existencias a WH/Zona de empaquetado) para satisfacer la necesidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:325
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* "
|
||
"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from "
|
||
"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Activar otra regla**: Cuando se necesitan productos en WH/Salida, se crean"
|
||
" *paquetes* de WH/Zona de empaquetado (traslados internos de WH/Zona de "
|
||
"empaquetado a WH/Salida) para satisfacer la necesidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:328
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner "
|
||
"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill "
|
||
"the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Activar otra regla**: Cuando se necesitan productos en ubicaciones de "
|
||
"partners o clientes, se crean órdenes de entrega de WH/Salida para "
|
||
"satisfacer la necesidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista general de todos los traslados creados a partir de la ruta Recolectar "
|
||
"- Empaquetar - Enviar"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:336
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is "
|
||
"created to fulfill the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Esto significa que, cuando un cliente ordena un producto, se crea una orden "
|
||
"de entrega para satisfacer la orden."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista de las operaciones que se crearon a partir de un traslado con regla "
|
||
"Pull"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:344
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. "
|
||
"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous "
|
||
"transfer in the list is not done yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el documento de origen es la misma orden de venta, el estado no es el "
|
||
"mismo. De hecho, el estado es **En espera de otra operación** si el traslado"
|
||
" anterior en la lista aún no se hace."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process"
|
||
msgstr "Vista de los distintos estados de traslados al principio del proceso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:352
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so "
|
||
"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para preparar la orden, las transportadoras necesitan productos empaquetados"
|
||
" en el área de salida, así que se solicita un traslado interno de la zona de"
|
||
" empaquetado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
|
||
"output zones"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista de las operaciones detalladas para un traslado entre las zonas de "
|
||
"empaquetado y de salida"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:359
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
|
||
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
|
||
"required products from the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por supuesto, la zona de empaquetado necesita productos listos para ser "
|
||
"empaquetados. Por lo tanto, se solicita a las existencias un traslado "
|
||
"interno y los empleados pueden recolectar los productos requeridos del "
|
||
"almacén."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
|
||
" zones"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista de las operaciones detalladas para un traslado entre las zonas de "
|
||
"existencias y de empaquetado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:367
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the "
|
||
"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then "
|
||
"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the"
|
||
" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is "
|
||
"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Como se explicó en la introducción de esta documentación, el último paso en "
|
||
"el proceso (la orden de venta en este caso) es el primero que se debe "
|
||
"activar, el cual luego activa otras reglas hasta que llegamos al primer paso"
|
||
" del proceso (en este caso, el traslado interno de existencias al área de "
|
||
"empaquetado). Ahora todo está listo para ser procesado para que el cliente "
|
||
"pueda recibir los artículos que ordenó."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:374
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules "
|
||
"have been triggered and the transfers done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En nuestro caso, el producto se entrega a los clientes cuando se han "
|
||
"activado todas las reglas y se han realizado todos los traslados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done"
|
||
msgstr "Vista de los estados de traslados cuando se termina el proceso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr "Estrategias de remoción y almacenamiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr "Reglas de almacenamiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations "
|
||
"upon shipment arrival. Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway "
|
||
"rules*, which dictate how products move through specified warehouse "
|
||
"locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to "
|
||
"efficiently move products to specified locations and ensure easy retrieval. "
|
||
"Putaway rules can also prevent volatile substances from being stored in "
|
||
"close proximity by directing them to different locations determined by the "
|
||
"warehouse manager."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:15
|
||
msgid ":ref:`How push rules work <inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes/push>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:16
|
||
msgid ":ref:`Warehouse locations <inventory/warehouses/location-definition>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Enable putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, then activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. By doing so, the :guilabel:`Storage "
|
||
"Locations` setting is automatically enabled as well. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In configs, for the Inventory app, check multi-step routes box to enable "
|
||
"Putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Put away products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Putaway rules are commonly used to move products to specific locations for "
|
||
"easy retrieval. Thus, products are grouped in the same *product category* "
|
||
"when a single putaway rule captures the group's storage needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where "
|
||
"the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Store to` location. The :guilabel:`Store to` location must be"
|
||
" a sublocation of the first (e.g. `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named "
|
||
"location inside `WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field "
|
||
":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`. Repeat this for all "
|
||
"products and hit :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is also possible to create and manage putaway rules for a single product "
|
||
"by going to the product page and clicking the :guilabel:`Putaway Rules` "
|
||
"smart button at the top of the page. If the button is not visible at first "
|
||
"glance, select the :guilabel:`More` button at the top right to view "
|
||
"additional smart buttons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check whether putaway rules work as intended using the summary of internal "
|
||
"product movements. In the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Reporting --> Product Moves` and enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Internal` search filter on the :guilabel:`Filters` drop-down menu"
|
||
" under the search bar at the top of the page. In this view, confirm that "
|
||
"products are moved to the :guilabel:`Store to` location detailed in the "
|
||
"putaway rule. More details in :ref:`this section "
|
||
"<inventory/routes/strategies/putaway/wrong-location>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Use putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a putaway rule is configured, the product it specifies is automatically"
|
||
" routed to the :guilabel:`Store to` location upon arriving in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`When product arrives in` location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, on a putaway rule with the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` "
|
||
"location set to `WH/Stock`, internal stock moves are automatically created "
|
||
"when products first enter the warehouse. To trigger this putaway rule, begin"
|
||
" by creating a :ref:`purchase order "
|
||
"<inventory/purchase/manage_deals/manage>` (PO) to bring products into the "
|
||
"warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RFQ), go to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, add "
|
||
"products to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the desired product(s) from the drop-"
|
||
"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. Doing so turns the :abbr:`RFQ "
|
||
"(Request for Quotation)` into a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`. Next, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Send by Email` to send the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` to the "
|
||
"vendor, if needed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View purchase order for apples and carrots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin receiving the incoming shipment by selecting the :guilabel:`Receipt` "
|
||
"smart button on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`. Click :guilabel:`Receive "
|
||
"products` and then :guilabel:`Validate` to move products into the warehouse."
|
||
" Since the putaway rule is set to trigger when products arrive in stock, "
|
||
"internal transfers are automatically created when products arrive in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Destination Location`, `WH/Stock`. This ensures products entering"
|
||
" the warehouse are stored in specific locations suitable for their storage "
|
||
"needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "In the WH reception operation, receive package of apples and carrots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Verify stock moves"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Confirm whether the putaway rule worked as intended and that the products "
|
||
"have been moved to the correct location using the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` "
|
||
"dashboard. View all products in stock in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Reporting --> Inventory Report`. By default, the products are grouped by "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select a product's collapsable drop-down menu, which displays the current "
|
||
"location(s) of the product. Then, select a :guilabel:`Location` drop-down "
|
||
"menu to view a list of all stock movements in and out of each location. Each"
|
||
" of these lines are records of a stock move, called a *stock move line*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Verify stock moves triggered by putaway rule in the Inventory Report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Trace products in wrong locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To trace products and associated documents for warehouse operations, use the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Product Moves` report in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Reporting --> Product Moves`. View a product's warehouse operation history "
|
||
"by selecting a product's drop-down menu. Each stock move line contains "
|
||
"details about any movement of stock, such as manufacturing orders, inventory"
|
||
" adjustments, or internal transfers. Click on a stock move line to view all "
|
||
"the information in a comprehensive report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The stock move line is useful because the :guilabel:`Reference` displays the"
|
||
" warehouse operation associated to the :guilabel:`Product`. Use the "
|
||
":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` location and associated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Source` documents to trace the product path and identify the type"
|
||
" of operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is also possible to view the stock moves of a product directly from the "
|
||
"product page. Open the desired product page by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products` and select the product."
|
||
" From there, click on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button, then click"
|
||
" the product's collapsable drop-down menu from the list. This displays the "
|
||
"stock moves history of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:150
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A putaway rule was purposely set up incorrectly on `Apple`, so the product "
|
||
"was moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` instead of the expected "
|
||
"location, `WH/Stock/Fruits`. To trace the path the apple moved and identify "
|
||
"the cause of the wrong stock move, open the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report"
|
||
" in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`. The "
|
||
"apple's drop-down menu, when opened, displays a list of stock moves of the "
|
||
"apple. line to open a report that is useful to trace the path the product "
|
||
"moved and identify the cause of the wrong stock move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`To` field displays where the product currently is, "
|
||
"`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, which is the wrong location. The :guilabel:`From` "
|
||
"location is the vendor's location, which is expected since the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Source` of the stock move is a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Reference` operation, `WH/IN/00015`, which is a warehouse "
|
||
"reception of products from the vendor, would further explain why the apples "
|
||
"were moved to the wrong location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Open stock move report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To follow an operation identified from the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report,"
|
||
" navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`. This "
|
||
"is the page that displays all warehouse transfers— internal or external. "
|
||
"Search for and click on the corresponding :guilabel:`Reference` operation to"
|
||
" view the document explaining why the product was moved to the wrong "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When there are too many records, use either the :guilabel:`Filters` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Group by` features to sort and :ref:`find desired records "
|
||
"<inventory/routes/strategies/putaway/use-advanced-filters>`. It is useful to"
|
||
" search exclusively for the receipt operation type because putaway rules "
|
||
"store products *into* a specific stock location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continuing to diagnose why the product, `Apple`, was placed in "
|
||
"`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, navigate to the list of all transfers in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`. Click on the list "
|
||
"item where the :guilabel:`Reference` field matches the `WH/IN/00015` "
|
||
"operation identified in the :ref:`previous example "
|
||
"<inventory/strategies/putaway/stock-moves>` to open the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Transfers page in the Inventory app, select the desired transfer to view the\n"
|
||
"record."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This receipt describes which products were received from the supplier, with "
|
||
"the affiliated :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` linked in the :guilabel:`Source "
|
||
"Document` field. On the warehouse reception document, the field "
|
||
":guilabel:`Destination Location` shows where the product is received upon "
|
||
"entering the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:199
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking on the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of the"
|
||
" product line opens a window that shows the product was moved to the wrong "
|
||
"location. Based on this information it can be gathered that the putaway rule"
|
||
" was triggered but the location was set incorrectly. Rectify this in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Detailed Operations button on the right of warehouse transfers page to the right\n"
|
||
"of the WH reception document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Show putaway rule in detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:216
|
||
msgid "Advanced filter search"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:218
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Keep track of and trace products on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`"
|
||
" and use the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group by` features to stay "
|
||
"updated on warehouse operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:222
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Transfers based on putaway rules can be found by toggling on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Internal` filter as mentioned in this :ref:`tip "
|
||
"<inventory/routes/strategies/putaway/internal-stock-moves>` previously. "
|
||
"Other useful filters and groupbys intended for reporting on the company's "
|
||
"internal operations include:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:227
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filter by :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`To Do` to display shipments "
|
||
"from vendors yet to be processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filter warehouse transfer records by Incoming shipments and processes ToDo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:234
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use custom filters to search for a specific product by its name, "
|
||
":ref:`lot/serial number <inventory/management/lots-serial-numbers>` or "
|
||
"barcode. Create a custom filter by clicking on :guilabel:`Filters`. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`, fill in the identifying information, and "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Apply`. Now that the custom filter is active, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Filters` button again to create any additional filters."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:239
|
||
msgid "Group by :guilabel:`Date`: View all product moves on a specific date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Group by :guilabel:`From`: Create a custom filter that displays all "
|
||
"locations that currently store at least 1 product. This is useful to view "
|
||
"all the locations and sublocations to optimize storage space."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:243
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Favorite` the current search with filters applied. This feature "
|
||
"is useful to apply the filters promptly, especially if this search is often "
|
||
"used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use the star button under the search bar to save current search as a "
|
||
"favorite view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Qué es una estrategia de remoción (PEPS, UEPS, LIFO)?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
|
||
"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
|
||
"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Normalmente, las *estrategias de remoción* se definen en las operaciones de "
|
||
"recolección para seleccionar los mejores productos y así optimizar la "
|
||
"distancia para el trabajador, con fines de control de calidad, o para mover "
|
||
"primero los productos con la fecha de caducidad más próxima."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
|
||
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
|
||
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
|
||
"the *Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se debe realizar un movimiento de producto, Odoo encuentra los "
|
||
"productos disponibles que se pueden asignar al traslado. La forma en la que "
|
||
"Odoo asigna estos productos depende de la *estrategia de remoción* que se "
|
||
"definió en la *categoría de producto* o en la *ubicación*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
|
||
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Qué sucede dentro del almacén?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage "
|
||
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
|
||
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
|
||
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Imagine un plan de almacén genérico, con un área y muelles de recepción, "
|
||
"ubicaciones de almacenamiento, áreas de recolección y empaquetado, y muelles"
|
||
" de envío. Todos los productos atraviesan estas ubicaciones, pero algunas "
|
||
"reglas, como las estrategias de remoción, pueden afectar qué productos se "
|
||
"toman en las recolecciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks."
|
||
msgstr "En espera de entrega de existencias en los muelles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
|
||
"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the"
|
||
" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
|
||
"are stored in their respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aquí, los camiones de los proveedores descargan palés de bienes en los "
|
||
"muelles. Posteriormente, los operadores escanean los productos en el área de"
|
||
" recepción, con fecha de recepción y fecha de caducidad, si el producto la "
|
||
"tiene. Después de esto, los productos se almacenan en sus respectivas "
|
||
"ubicaciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Productos que ingresan a kas existencias a través del área de recepciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive "
|
||
"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that"
|
||
" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. "
|
||
"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with "
|
||
"the products fitting your settings the best."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A continuación, se crean varias órdenes para el mismo producto, pero no "
|
||
"recibió los bienes el mismo día y no tienen la misma fecha de caducidad. En "
|
||
"ese caso, lógicamente prefiere enviar primero aquellos con la fecha más "
|
||
"cercana. Dependiendo de la estrategia de remoción que eligió, Odoo genera un"
|
||
" traslado con los productos que son más compatibles con sus ajustes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates "
|
||
"into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Productos que se empaquetan en el área de empaquetado para enviarse, "
|
||
"considerando las fechas de expiración."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick "
|
||
"for delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el formulario de traslado puede encontrar el número de lote o de serie "
|
||
"del producto para recolectar en la entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48
|
||
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
|
||
msgstr "Primeras entradas, primeras salidas (PEPS)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products "
|
||
"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number "
|
||
"that has entered your stock the first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al usar la estrategia de **Primeras entradas, primeras salidas**, la demanda"
|
||
" de algunos productos activa una regla de remoción que solicita un traslado "
|
||
"del número de lote o de serie que ingresó primero a sus existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your "
|
||
"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, "
|
||
"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, "
|
||
"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders "
|
||
"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a "
|
||
"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in "
|
||
"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from "
|
||
"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ser más claros, imaginemos que tiene tres lotes de clavos en su "
|
||
"almacén. Tienen los siguientes números de lote: 00001, 00002, 00003, cada "
|
||
"uno tiene 5 cajas de clavos. 00001 ingresó a las existencias el 23 de mayo, "
|
||
"00002 el 25 de mayo y 00003 el 1 de junio. Un cliente ordena 6 cajas el 11 "
|
||
"de junio. Con la estrategia *PEPS*, se solicita un traslado de cinco cajas "
|
||
"de 00001 y una caja de 00002, porque 00001 ingresó a sus existencias antes "
|
||
"que los demás. Se toma la caja de 00002 porque tiene la fecha de ingreso más"
|
||
" antigua después de 00001."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo "
|
||
"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest"
|
||
" period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Así, para cada orden de un producto con la estrategia *PEPS*, Odoo solicita "
|
||
"un traslado de los bienes que llevan en su inventario la mayor cantidad de "
|
||
"tiempo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
|
||
msgstr "Últimas entradas, primeras salidas (UEPS)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on "
|
||
"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for"
|
||
" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the "
|
||
"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al igual que para PEPS, la estrategia de **Últimas entradas, primeras "
|
||
"salidas** se basa en mover productos según la fecha en la que ingresaron a "
|
||
"las existencias. En este caso, la demanda de algunos productos activa una "
|
||
"regla de remoción que solicita un traslado del último número de lote o de "
|
||
"serie que ingresó a sus existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. "
|
||
"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 "
|
||
"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on "
|
||
"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on "
|
||
"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested "
|
||
"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered "
|
||
"the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para un mejor entendimiento, imaginemos que tiene tres lotes de tornillos en"
|
||
" su almacén. Tienen los siguientes números de lote: 10001, 10002, 10003, "
|
||
"cada uno con 10 cajas de tornillos. 10001 ingresó a las existencias el 1 de "
|
||
"junio, 10002 el 3 de junio y 10003 el 6 de junio. Un cliente ordena 7 cajas "
|
||
"el 8 de junio. Con la estrategia *UEPS*, se solicita un traslado de siete "
|
||
"cajas de 10003 porque tiene la última fecha de ingreso a las existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a"
|
||
" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Básicamente, para cada orden de un producto con la estrategia *UEPS*, se "
|
||
"solicita un traslado para el último producto que ingresó a sus existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or "
|
||
"obsolete products in your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Esta estrategia está prohibida en muchos países y puede llevar a tener solo "
|
||
"productos antiguos u obsoletos en sus existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
|
||
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
|
||
msgstr "Primero en expirar, primero en salir (FEFO)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two "
|
||
"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date "
|
||
"the product entered the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La estrategia de **Primero en expirar, primero en salir** es un poco "
|
||
"diferente de las dos anteriores. En este caso, lo importante es la fecha de "
|
||
"caducidad y no la fecha en la que el producto ingresó a las existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t "
|
||
"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). "
|
||
"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5"
|
||
" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on "
|
||
"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and "
|
||
"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes "
|
||
"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is "
|
||
"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for "
|
||
"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration "
|
||
"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot "
|
||
"that expires the sooner after 20002."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Imaginemos tres lotes de cajas de 6 huevos (en este caso específico, utilice"
|
||
" :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). Tienen los "
|
||
"siguientes números de lote: 20001, 20002, and 20003, cada uno con 5 cajas. "
|
||
"20001 ingresó a las existencias el 1 de julio y su fecha de caducidad es el "
|
||
"15 de julio, 20002 ingresó el 2 de julio y su fecha de caducidad es el 14 de"
|
||
" julio y 20003 ingresó el 4 de julio y su fecha de caducidad es el 21 de "
|
||
"julio. Un cliente ordena 6 cajas el 5 de julio. Con la estrategia *FEFO*, se"
|
||
" solicita un traslado de 5 cajas de 20002 y una de 20001. El traslado de "
|
||
"todas las cajas del lote 20002 es porque tienen la fecha de caducidad más "
|
||
"próxima. El traslado también solicita una caja de 20001 porque tiene la "
|
||
"fecha de caducidad más próxima después de 20002."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* "
|
||
"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest "
|
||
"expiration date from the order date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Recuerde que para cada orden de un producto con la estrategia *FEFO*, se "
|
||
"solicita un traslado para el producto que tiene la fecha de caducidad más "
|
||
"próxima a la fecha de la orden."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
|
||
msgid "Use Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr "Uso de estrategias de remoción"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by "
|
||
"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and "
|
||
"*Lots & Serial Numbers*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para identificar algunas unidades de otras debe rastrearlas, ya sea por "
|
||
"*número de lote* o *de serie*. Para hacerlo, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. Luego active las funciones de "
|
||
"*Ubicación de inventario*, *Rutas multietapa* y *Números de lote y de "
|
||
"serie*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Funciones por habilitar para utilizar las estrategias de remoción de forma "
|
||
"adecuada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para trabajar con la estrategia *FEFO* active la función de *Fechas de "
|
||
"caducidad*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A continuación, debe definir su estrategia de remoción en las *categorías de"
|
||
" productos* a través de :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> "
|
||
"Categorías de producto`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"\"Forzar estrategia de remoción\" configurada como Primeras entradas, "
|
||
"Primeras salidas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
|
||
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "PEPS (Primeras entradas, primeras salidas)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out "
|
||
"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with "
|
||
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with "
|
||
"outdated styles in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Como mencionamos anteriormente, la estrategia *PEPS* implica que los "
|
||
"productos almacenados primero son los primeros en salir. Las empresas deben "
|
||
"usar este método si venden productos con ciclos de demanda cortos, como "
|
||
"ropa, y así garantizar que no se quedarán con estilos anticuados en sus "
|
||
"existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the "
|
||
"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our "
|
||
"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para este ejemplo, creamos tres lotes de camisas blancas. Son de la "
|
||
"categoría de productos Todos/Ropa, donde establecimos *PEPS* como su "
|
||
"estrategia de remoción. Ahora tenemos los tres lotes disponibles en nuestra "
|
||
"ubicación de existencias (WH/Stock)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vista de los lotes de camisetas blancas para evaluación de inventarios."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 "
|
||
"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. "
|
||
"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from "
|
||
"that lot are the first ones to move out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El lote 000001 contiene 5 camisas, 000002 contiene 3 camisas y 000003 "
|
||
"contiene 2. Como se puede ver, 000001 ingresó a las existencias primero. "
|
||
"Creemos una orden de venta de seis camisas blancas para verificar que los "
|
||
"productos de ese lote son los primeros en salir."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot"
|
||
" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la orden de venta vinculada a la recolección puede ver que se reservaron "
|
||
"los números de lote más viejos gracias a la estrategia *PEPS*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr "Dos lotes que se reservan para venderse con una estrategia PEPS."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
|
||
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "UEPS (Últimas entradas, primeras salidas)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
|
||
"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of "
|
||
"products without a shelf life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La estrategia *UEPS* es lo contrario. De hecho, los productos que ingresaron"
|
||
" al último son los primeros en salir. Se utiliza principalmente con "
|
||
"productos sin vida útil."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So,"
|
||
" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product "
|
||
"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
|
||
"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A pesar de que nuestras camisas blancas son ropa, podemos decir que son "
|
||
"atemporales. Así que usémoslas para probar nuestra estrategia *UEPS*. Una "
|
||
"vez más, abra la categoría de producto en :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Categorías de producto` y cambie la estrategia de remoción"
|
||
" a *UEPS*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Opción de \"Forzar estrategia de remoción\" configurada como una estrategia "
|
||
"\"Últimas entradas, Primeras salidas\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved "
|
||
"products are from lots 000003 and 000002."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora, creemos una orden de venta para 4 camisas, podemos observar que se "
|
||
"reservan productos de los lotes 000003 y 000002."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr "Dos lotes que se reservan para venderse con una estrategia LIFO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
|
||
msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!"
|
||
msgstr "¡Recuerde que la estrategia *UEPS* está prohibida en muchos países!"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173
|
||
msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr "FEFO (Primero en expirar, primero en salir)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the "
|
||
"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to "
|
||
"their expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con la estrategia *FEFO*, los productos no se recolectan según su fecha de "
|
||
"recepción. En este caso, se envían según su fecha de caducidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at "
|
||
":doc:`the related doc "
|
||
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para obtener más información sobre fechas de caducidad, consulte :doc:`la "
|
||
"documentación relacionada "
|
||
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different "
|
||
"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set"
|
||
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al activar las *Fechas de caducidad* es posible definir distintas fechas en "
|
||
"el número de serie o de lote que se usaran en *FEFO*. Se pueden establecer "
|
||
"estas fechas en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Datos maestros --> Números de"
|
||
" lote/de serie`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001."
|
||
msgstr "Vista de la fecha de remoción para 0000001."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
|
||
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los lotes se recolectan según la fecha de remoción, de la más antigua a la "
|
||
"más reciente. Los lotes sin fecha de remoción definida se recolectan después"
|
||
" de los lotes con fecha de remoción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
|
||
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
|
||
" picked for delivery orders!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Otras fechas solo son para fines informativos y de reportes. ¡Los lotes con "
|
||
"fechas de caducidad pasadas se pueden recolectar para órdenes de entrega si "
|
||
"no se remueven de las existencias!"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force "
|
||
"Removal Strategy*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para usar la estrategia *FEFO* vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Categorías de producto` y elija *FEFO* como la función "
|
||
"*Forzar estrategia de remoción*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Opción de \"Forza estrategia de remoción\" configurada como una estrategia "
|
||
"FEFO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots"
|
||
" of them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este caso en específico, usemos crema para manos. Como siempre, tenemos "
|
||
"tres lotes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
|
||
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
|
||
msgstr "**Número de lote o de serie**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
|
||
msgid "**Product**"
|
||
msgstr "**Producto**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
|
||
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
|
||
msgstr "**Fecha de caducidad**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
|
||
msgid "0000001"
|
||
msgstr "0000001"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
|
||
msgid "Hand Cream"
|
||
msgstr "Crema para manos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
|
||
msgid "09/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr "30/09/2019"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
msgid "0000002"
|
||
msgstr "0000002"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
msgid "11/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr "30/11/2019"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
|
||
msgid "0000003"
|
||
msgstr "0000003"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
|
||
msgid "10/31/2019"
|
||
msgstr "31/10/2019"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot "
|
||
"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the"
|
||
" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando hacemos una venta de 25 unidades de crema para manos podemos ver que "
|
||
"los números de lote que Odoo reservó automáticamente son los que tienen la "
|
||
"fecha de caducidad más cercana: 0000001 y 0000003."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dos lotes de crema para manos reservados para venderse con la estrategia "
|
||
"FEFO."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "Envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Operaciones de envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo cancelar una solicitud de envío a un transportista?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo puede gestionar varios métodos de entrega, incluso terceros "
|
||
"transportistas. Odoo se vinculará con el sistema de rastreo de la empresa de"
|
||
" transporte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Esto le permitirá gestionar la empresa de transporte, los precios reales y "
|
||
"el destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
|
||
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También puede cancelar con facilidad la solicitud hecha al sistema de "
|
||
"transporte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo cancelar una solicitud de envío?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
|
||
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la orden de entrega no está en el estado de **Validada**, no se ha hecho "
|
||
"la solicitud. Puede elegir cancelar la entrega o cambiar el transportista."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
|
||
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
|
||
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
|
||
"Tracking Ref**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si hizo clic en **Validar**, se realizó la solicitud y debió recibir el "
|
||
"número de rastreo y la etiqueta. Todavía puede cancelar la solicitud. "
|
||
"Simplemente haga clic en el botón de **Cancelar** al lado de la **Referencia"
|
||
" de seguimiento del transportista**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
|
||
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
|
||
msgstr "Ahora puede ver que se canceló el envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
|
||
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
|
||
msgstr "Ahora puede cambiar el transportista si lo desea."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
|
||
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo enviar una solicitud de envío después de cancelar una?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
|
||
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
|
||
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de cancelar la solicitud de envío, puede cambiar el transportista "
|
||
"que desea usar. Confírmelo al hacer clic en el botón **Enviar al "
|
||
"transportista**. Obtendrá un nuevo número de seguimiento y una nueva "
|
||
"etiqueta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83
|
||
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
|
||
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers"
|
||
msgstr "Uso de triangulación de envíos para enviar de proveedores a clientes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have "
|
||
"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller "
|
||
"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships"
|
||
" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the "
|
||
"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the"
|
||
" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La triangulación de envíos es una estrategia de cumplimiento de pedidos que "
|
||
"permite a los vendedores enviar artículos directamente de los proveedores a "
|
||
"los clientes. Por lo general, un vendedor le compra un producto a un "
|
||
"proveedor, lo almacena en su inventario y lo envía al cliente final una vez "
|
||
"que se realiza un pedido. Mediante la triangulación de envíos, el proveedor "
|
||
"es responsable de almacenar y enviar el artículo. Esto beneficia al vendedor"
|
||
" al reducir los costos de inventario, incluido el precio de los almacenes "
|
||
"operativos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar productos para realizar una triangulación de envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para usar la triangulación como estrategia de cumplimiento, vaya a la "
|
||
"aplicación :menuselection:`Compra` y seleccione "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. Bajo el encabezado "
|
||
":guilabel:`Logística` haga clic en la casilla :guilabel:`Triangular` y "
|
||
"después en :guilabel:`Guardar` para finalizar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products "
|
||
"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to"
|
||
" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are "
|
||
"enabled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A continuación, vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas`, haga clic en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Productos --> Products` y elija un producto existente o "
|
||
"seleccione :guilabel:`Nuevo` para configurar uno. En la página del "
|
||
":guilabel:`producto` asegúrese de que las casillas :guilabel:`Se puede "
|
||
"vender` y :guilabel:`Se puede comprar` están habilitadas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the "
|
||
"product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Habilitar las casillas de verificación \"Se puede vender\" y \"Se puede "
|
||
"comprar\" en el formulario del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price "
|
||
"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the "
|
||
"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for "
|
||
"purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Compra` y especifique un proveedor y el "
|
||
"precio al que venden el producto. Se pueden agregar varios proveedores, pero"
|
||
" el que se encuentre en la parte superior de la lista será el que se "
|
||
"seleccione de forma automática para las órdenes de compra."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The product form with a vendor specified."
|
||
msgstr "El formulario de producto con un proveedor especificado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por último, seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` y habilite la "
|
||
"casilla :guilabel:`Triangular` en la sección :guilabel:`Rutas` ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Habilitar la opción Triangular en la pestaña de inventario del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping"
|
||
msgstr "Completar órdenes mediante el uso de triangulación de envíos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a "
|
||
"sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for "
|
||
"quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales "
|
||
"orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart "
|
||
"button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ "
|
||
"(Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando un cliente completa una compra en línea para un producto triangulado,"
|
||
" se creará una orden de venta de forma automática con una solicitud de "
|
||
"cotización asociada para el proveedor. Las órdenes de venta se pueden ver en"
|
||
" la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas` seleccionando :menuselection:`Órdenes"
|
||
" --> Órdenes`. Haga clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Compra` en la "
|
||
"parte superior derecha de una orden de venta para ver la solicitud de "
|
||
"cotización asociada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders "
|
||
"--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las órdenes de venta trianguladas también se pueden crear de forma manual a "
|
||
"través de la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas` seleccionando "
|
||
":menuselection:`Órdenes --> Órdenes --> Nuevo`, agregue un producto "
|
||
"configurado para triangular."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right "
|
||
"corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una orden de venta triangulada con el botón inteligente Compra en la esquina"
|
||
" superior derecha."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a "
|
||
"purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The "
|
||
"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in "
|
||
"the top right corner of the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se confirma la solicitud de cotización, esta se convierte en una"
|
||
" orden de compra, se crea un recibo de triangulación y se vincula. El recibo"
|
||
" se puede ver haciendo clic en el botón inteligente :guilabel:`Recepción` en"
|
||
" la esquina superior derecha del formulario de orden de compra."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right "
|
||
"corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una orden de compra triangulada con el botón inteligente Recepción en la "
|
||
"esquina superior derecha."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` "
|
||
"section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. "
|
||
"Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to "
|
||
"confirm the delivered quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El recibo de la triangulación enumerará al proveedor en la sección "
|
||
":guilabel:`Recibir de` y al cliente en la sección :guilabel:`Ubicación de "
|
||
"destino`. Tras la entrega del producto al cliente, haga clic en el botón "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validar` en la parte superior izquierda del recibo de "
|
||
"triangulación para confirmar la cantidad entregada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery."
|
||
msgstr "Validar el recibo de triangulación después de la entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal"
|
||
" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ver todas las órdenes trianguladas, diríjase al tablero "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventario`, vaya al :guilabel:`resumen` y haga clic en el "
|
||
"botón turquesa :guilabel:`# POR PROCESAR` en la tarjeta de "
|
||
":guilabel:`triangulación`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en el botón verde de la tarjeta de triangulación para ver todas "
|
||
"las órdenes trianguladas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo facturar el costo de envío al cliente?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
|
||
msgstr "Hay dos formas de facturar los costos de envío:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Acordar con el cliente un costo y registrarlo en la orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
|
||
msgstr "Facturar el costo real del envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
|
||
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar el precio de sus métodos de envío, vaya a la aplicación "
|
||
"**Inventario**, haga clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Entrega --> "
|
||
"Métodos de entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede establecer manualmente un precio para el envío: Puede ser fijo o "
|
||
"basado en reglas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
|
||
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O puede usar el sistema de cálculo de la empresa de transporte. Consulte el "
|
||
"documento :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo facturar los costos de envío al cliente?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Facturar el precio configurado en la orden de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
|
||
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En su orden de venta, elija el transportista que se utilizará. Haga clic en "
|
||
"**Método de entrega** para elegir el adecuado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El precio se calcula cuando **guarda** la orden de venta o cuando hace clic "
|
||
"en **Establecer precio**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para facturar el precio del costo de entrega en la orden de venta, haga clic"
|
||
" en **Establecer precio**, esto agregará una línea con el nombre del método "
|
||
"de entrega como un producto. Puede variar del precio real."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al crear la factura, tomará el precio establecido en la orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
|
||
msgstr "Facturar los costos reales de envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
|
||
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El precio se calcula cuando **guarda** la orden de venta. Confirme la orden "
|
||
"de venta y proceda a entregar el producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
|
||
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El costo real de envío se calcula cuando se valida la orden de entrega, "
|
||
"puede ver el costo real en el chatter de la orden de entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Regrese a la orden de venta, el costo real se agregó a la orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
|
||
msgstr "Al crear la factura, tomará el precio calculado por el transportista."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
|
||
"add a line to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si divide la entrega y realiza varias, cada orden de entrega agregará una "
|
||
"línea a la orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84
|
||
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Change shipping label size"
|
||
msgstr "Cambiar el tamaño de la etiqueta de envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can "
|
||
"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages"
|
||
" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured "
|
||
"to fit the package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo hay una variedad de diferentes tipos de etiquetas de envío que se "
|
||
"pueden seleccionar para las órdenes de entrega. Según los tipos de paquetes "
|
||
"de envío utilizados, pueden ser más apropiados diferentes tamaños de "
|
||
"etiquetas y se pueden configurar para adaptarse al paquete."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a "
|
||
"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, "
|
||
"*FedEx International* will be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el módulo :menuselection:`Inventario`, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Entrega --> Métodos de envío.` Elija un "
|
||
"método de entrega y haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar`. Para el siguiente "
|
||
"ejemplo, se utilizará*FedEx internacional*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Different shipping methods."
|
||
msgstr "Diferentes métodos de envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose "
|
||
"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on "
|
||
"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña de guilabel:`Configuración`, elija uno de los tipos de "
|
||
"etiquetas disponibles en :guilabel:`Tipo de etiqueta`. La disponibilidad "
|
||
"variará según el transportista. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select a label type."
|
||
msgstr "Seleccione un tipo de etiqueta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and "
|
||
"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically "
|
||
"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se confirma una orden de venta con la empresa de transporte "
|
||
"correspondiente y se valida una orden de entrega, la etiqueta de envío se "
|
||
"creará como un PDF de forma automática y aparecerá en el "
|
||
":guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and "
|
||
"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select"
|
||
" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas` haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` y "
|
||
"seleccione un cliente internacional. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar "
|
||
"producto` y seleccione un artículo. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un "
|
||
"envío`, seleccione un método de envío, luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Obtener"
|
||
" tarifa`, y por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order."
|
||
msgstr "Agregar un método de envío y una tarifa a una orden de venta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se confirma la cotización haciendo clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirmar`, aparecerá un botón inteligente :guilabel:`Entrega`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Delivery order smart button."
|
||
msgstr "Botón inteligente de entrega de la orden."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the"
|
||
" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que la orden a entregar está validada tras hacer clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validar`, los documentos del envío aparecen en el "
|
||
":guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Shipping PDF documents."
|
||
msgstr "Documentos PDF del envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Example labels"
|
||
msgstr "Etiquetas de ejemplo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example "
|
||
"of a FedEx letter sized label is:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El :guilabel:`tipo de etiqueta` predeterminado es :guilabel:`papel tamaño "
|
||
"carta`. El siguiente es un ejemplo de una etiqueta tamaño carta de FedEx:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label."
|
||
msgstr "Etiqueta de envío en tamaño carta a página completa de FedEx ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:69
|
||
msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Este es un ejemplo de una etiqueta de la mitad inferior de FedEx, para que "
|
||
"pueda compararlas:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label."
|
||
msgstr "Etiqueta de envío en tamaño carta a media página de FedEx ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo imprimir etiquetas de envío?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
|
||
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
|
||
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
|
||
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo permite administrar varios métodos de entrega, entre ellos los envíos "
|
||
"de terceros vinculados con el sistema de seguimiento de la empresa de "
|
||
"transporte. Le permite gestionar la empresa de transporte, los precios "
|
||
"reales y el destino. Además, podrá imprimir las etiquetas de envío "
|
||
"directamente desde Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
|
||
msgstr "Instalar el módulo conector con la empresa transportista"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el módulo de **Inventario**, haga clic en :menuselection:`Configuración "
|
||
"--> Ajustes`. Bajo **Conectores de envío**, marque las empresas de "
|
||
"transporte que desea incluir:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr "Luego haga clic en **Aplicar**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar el método de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar sus métodos de entrega, vaya a la aplicación **Inventario**,"
|
||
" haga clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Métodos de entrega`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se habrán creado automáticamente los métodos de entrega para los "
|
||
"transportistas elegidos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
|
||
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña **Precios**, el nombre del proveedor indica que la entrega se "
|
||
"gestionará y calculará mediante el sistema del transportista."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
|
||
msgstr "La configuración del transportista esta dividida en dos columnas:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
|
||
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La primera esta vinculada a **su cuenta** (clave de desarrollo, contraseña, "
|
||
"etc...). Para más información vaya al sitio web del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
|
||
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La segunda columna varía según el **proveedor**. Puede elegir el tipo de "
|
||
"empaque, el tipo de servicio, la unidad de peso..."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desmarque el **Modo de prueba** cuando haya terminado con las pruebas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Company configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración de la empresa"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
|
||
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con el fin de calcular el precio correcto, el proveedor necesita la "
|
||
"información de su empresa. Asegúrese de que su dirección y número de "
|
||
"teléfono estén correctamente codificados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
|
||
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
|
||
"data**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para comprobar su información, vaya a la aplicación **Configuración** y haga"
|
||
" clic en **Configuración general**. Haga clic en el primer enlace "
|
||
"**Configurar los datos de su empresa**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Product configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración del producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
|
||
"computation cannot be done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las empresas de transporte necesitan saber el peso de su producto, de lo "
|
||
"contrario no pueden calcular el precio."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
|
||
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya al módulo de **Ventas**, haga clic en :menuselection:`Ventas --> "
|
||
"Productos`. Abra los productos que desea enviar y establezca un peso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
|
||
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El peso en el formulario del producto se presenta en kilogramos. No olvide "
|
||
"hacer la conversión si suele utilizar el sistema de medición imperial."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
|
||
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La orden de entrega creada desde la orden de venta tomará su información de "
|
||
"envío, aunque podrá cambiar el transportista si lo desea."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
|
||
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si crea una entrega desde el módulo de inventario, podrá añadir un "
|
||
"transportista externo en la pestaña de información adicional."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en **Validar** para recibir el número de seguimiento y **las "
|
||
"etiquetas**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La etiqueta que se debe pegar en el paquete estará disponible en el "
|
||
"historial que aparece debajo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en el documento para abrirlo e imprimirlo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
|
||
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si realiza envíos con varios paquetes, la mayoría de las veces deberá haber "
|
||
"una etiqueta por paquete. Todas las etiquetas aparecerán en el historial de "
|
||
"envíos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo manejar varios paquetes para la misma orden de entrega?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. "
|
||
"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is "
|
||
"fully integrated with the third-party shippers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De forma predeterminada, Odoo considera que su entrega solo incluye un "
|
||
"paquete. Sin embargo, puede enviar fácilmente sus entregas con más de un "
|
||
"paquete. Está totalmente integrado con los transportistas externos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick "
|
||
"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar el uso de paquetes, vaya al menú :menuselection:`Inventario "
|
||
"--> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Encuentre la sección **Paquetes** y marque "
|
||
"**Registrar los paquetes utilizados en el empaquetado: palets, cajas,...**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en **Aplicar** cuando termine."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Sale process"
|
||
msgstr "Proceso de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Orden de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en un **Método de entrega** para elegir el correcto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Entrega multipaquetes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La orden de entrega creada desde la orden de venta tomará su información de "
|
||
"envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48
|
||
msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages."
|
||
msgstr "Desde este punto, puede dividir su entrega en múltiples paquetes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** "
|
||
"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Elija la cantidad que desea poner en el primer paquete en la columna "
|
||
"**Hecho**, luego haga clic en el enlace **Ponerlo en paquete**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56
|
||
msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity."
|
||
msgstr "Se creará automáticamente un paquete con la cantidad indicada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in."
|
||
msgstr "Siga los mismos pasos para las otras piezas que desea empacar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en **Validar** una vez que haya terminado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
|
||
msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper"
|
||
msgstr "Múltipaquetes con un transportista externo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. "
|
||
"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on "
|
||
"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se valide la orden de entrega, recibirá un número de "
|
||
"seguimiento. El campo **referencia de seguimiento del transportista** se "
|
||
"completará automáticamente. Haga clic en el botón **Seguimiento** para "
|
||
"comprobar su entrega en el sitio web del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history "
|
||
"underneath:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las **etiquetas** a pegar en sus paquetes están disponibles en el siguiente "
|
||
"historial:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Configuración de envío"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo configurar un método de entrega?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
|
||
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
|
||
"but also on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo permite manejar varios métodos de entrega, aunque no están activados de"
|
||
" forma predeterminada. Los métodos de entrega se pueden utilizar para sus "
|
||
"órdenes de venta, sus entregas, pero también en su comercio electrónico."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
|
||
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
|
||
"compute the real price and the packagings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los métodos de entrega le permiten gestionar la empresa de transporte, el "
|
||
"precio y el destino. Incluso puede conectar Odoo con transportistas externos"
|
||
" para calcular el precio real y los paquetes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Install the inventory module"
|
||
msgstr "Instalar el módulo de Inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
|
||
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
|
||
" order to see it :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los métodos de entrega se gestionan a través del módulo **Costos de "
|
||
"entrega**. Vaya a **Aplicaciones** y busque el módulo. Debe eliminar el "
|
||
"filtro de **Aplicaciones** para poder verlo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
|
||
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea integrar los métodos de entrega en su comercio electrónico, tendrá "
|
||
"que instalar el módulo de **Gestión de envíos para el comercio "
|
||
"electrónico**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
|
||
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
|
||
msgstr "Primero establezca un nombre y una empresa de transporte."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego tendrá que establecer el precio. Puede ser fijo o basado en reglas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
|
||
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
|
||
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el precio es fijo, marque **Precio fijo**. Tendrá que definir el precio. "
|
||
"Si desea que la entrega sea gratuita cuando sea mayor a cierto monto, marque"
|
||
" la opción **Gratis si la orden total es mayor a** y establezca un precio."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
|
||
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
|
||
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el precio varia de acuerdo a las reglas, marque **Basado en reglas**. "
|
||
"Haga clic en **añadir un artículo a una regla de precios**. Elija una "
|
||
"condición basada ya sea en el peso, el volumen, el precio o la cantidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
|
||
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
|
||
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por último, puede limitar el método de entrega a algunas ubicaciones. El "
|
||
"límite puede aplicarse a algunos países, estados o incluso códigos postales."
|
||
" Esta función limita la lista de países en su comercio electrónico."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
|
||
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede integrar Odoo con transportistas externos para calcular el precio real"
|
||
" y los paquetes, y manejar la impresión de las etiquetas de envío. Ver "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Delivery process"
|
||
msgstr "Proceso de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
|
||
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora puede elegir el **Método de entrega** en su orden de venta. Si desea "
|
||
"facturar el precio de los gastos de envío en la orden de venta, haga clic en"
|
||
" **Fijar precio**, esto añadirá una línea con el nombre del método de "
|
||
"entrega como un producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
|
||
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
|
||
msgstr "Puede agregar o cambiar el método de entrega en la misma entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
|
||
"chosen delivery method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la entrega, verifique la **Información del transportista**. El "
|
||
"transportista es el método de entrega elegido."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
|
||
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo obtener las credenciales de DHL para la integración con Odoo?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "Para utilizar la API de DHL para Odoo, necesitará:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
|
||
msgstr "Una identificación para el sitio de DHL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A DHL Password"
|
||
msgstr "Una contraseña DHL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
|
||
msgstr "Número de cuenta de DHL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
|
||
"Rest of the world)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Obtener la identificación del sitio y la contraseña para los países que no "
|
||
"son Estados Unidos (Reino Unido y el resto del mundo)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
|
||
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Debe ponerse en contacto con el administrador de cuentas de DHL y solicitar "
|
||
"la integración de la API XML Express. La preventa debería proporcionarle las"
|
||
" credenciales en tiempo real."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Obtener la identificación del sitio y la contraseña para los Estados Unidos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
|
||
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Debe escribir a xmlrequests@dhl.com junto con los datos completos de su "
|
||
"cuenta, como el número de cuenta, la región, la dirección, etc., para "
|
||
"obtener el acceso a la API."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo integrar un transportista externo?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
|
||
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo permite varios métodos de entrega, incluyendo transportistas externos. "
|
||
"Odoo se puede vincular con el sistema de seguimiento de la empresa de "
|
||
"transporte. Le permitirá gestionar la empresa de transporte, los precios "
|
||
"reales y el destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el módulo de inventario, haga clic en :menuselección:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes`. En **Conectores de envío**, seleccione las empresas de transporte "
|
||
"que desea integrar:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
|
||
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
|
||
" shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los métodos de entrega para los transportistas seleccionados se crearán "
|
||
"automáticamente. La mayoría de las veces, habrá **2** métodos de entrega "
|
||
"para el mismo proveedor: uno para el **envío internacional** y otro para el "
|
||
"**envío nacional**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
|
||
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se pueden crear otros métodos con el mismo proveedor con otra configuración,"
|
||
" por ejemplo, el **Tipo de paquete**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
|
||
"will appear on your ecommerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede cambiar el **Nombre** del método de entrega. Este será el nombre que "
|
||
"aparecerá en su comercio electrónico."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
|
||
msgstr "Marque **Envío habilitado** cuando esté listo para usarlo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
|
||
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la pestaña de precios, el nombre del proveedor elegido bajo **Cálculo de "
|
||
"precios** significa que el sistema del transportista calculará los precios."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
|
||
msgstr "La configuración del transportista está dividida en dos columnas:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
|
||
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El primero está vinculado a **su cuenta** (clave de desarrollador, "
|
||
"contraseña, etc...). Para más información, consulte el sitio web del "
|
||
"proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
|
||
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
|
||
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
|
||
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
|
||
"United States."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por último, puede limitar el método de entrega a algunos destinos. Puede "
|
||
"limitarlo a algunos países, estados o incluso códigos postales. Esta función"
|
||
" limita la lista de países en su comercio electrónico. Es útil para los "
|
||
"proveedores nacionales. Por ejemplo, USPS US solo realiza entregas desde "
|
||
"Estados Unidos a Estados Unidos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
|
||
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya al menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Ventas --> Productos`. Abra los "
|
||
"productos que desea enviar y establezca un peso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
|
||
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El peso en el formulario del producto se presenta en kilogramos. No olvide "
|
||
"hacer la conversión si suele utilizar el sistema de medición imperial."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
|
||
"method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora puede elegir el transportista en su orden de venta. Haga clic en "
|
||
"**Método de entrega** para elegir el correcto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se calcula el precio cuando se guarda la orden de venta o cuando se hace "
|
||
"clic en **Fijar precio**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
|
||
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
|
||
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea facturar el precio de los gastos de envío en la orden de venta, "
|
||
"haga clic en **Fijar precio**, esto añadirá una línea con el nombre del "
|
||
"método de envío como producto. Puede variar del precio real."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
|
||
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
|
||
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De lo contrario, el precio real (calculado cuando se valida la entrega) se "
|
||
"añadirá automáticamente a la factura. Para más información, lea el documento"
|
||
" :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La orden de entrega creada desde la orden de venta tomará su información de "
|
||
"envío, aunque podrá cambiar el transportista si lo desea."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
|
||
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El peso se calcula en función del peso de los productos. Los gastos de envío"
|
||
" se calcularán una vez que se valide el traslado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
|
||
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
|
||
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en **Validar** para recibir el número de seguimiento. El campo "
|
||
"**Referencia de seguimiento del transportista** se completará "
|
||
"automáticamente. Haga clic en el botón **Seguimiento** para consultar su "
|
||
"entrega en el sitio web del proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Cómo obtener las credenciales de UPS para la integración con Odoo?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "Para utilizar la API de UPS para Odoo, necesitará:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "Un usuario y contraseña en UPS.com"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A UPS account number"
|
||
msgstr "Un número de cuenta UPS"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "An Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "Una clave de acceso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the "
|
||
"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una clave de acceso es un código alfanumérico de 16 caracteres que permite "
|
||
"el acceso a los servidores de desarrollo y producción de la API del kit de "
|
||
"desarrollador de UPS."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una cuenta UPS"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
|
||
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
|
||
"Service in order to to open an account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tenga en cuenta que solo los clientes ubicados en los Estados Unidos pueden "
|
||
"abrir una cuenta de UPS en línea. Si se encuentra fuera de los Estados "
|
||
"Unidos, deberá ponerse en contacto con el servicio de atención al cliente de"
|
||
" UPS para abrir una cuenta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
|
||
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Encontrará información adicional sobre la apertura de una cuenta UPS en su "
|
||
"sitio web, en la página, `Cómo abrir una cuenta UPS en línea "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
|
||
"online profile by following these steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si aún no tiene una cuenta de UPS, puede crear una junto con su perfil en "
|
||
"línea siguiendo estos pasos:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
|
||
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"1. Acceda al sitio web UPS.com en `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, y "
|
||
"haga clic en el enlace **Nuevo usuario** en la parte superior de la página."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
|
||
"complete the registration process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"2. Haga clic en el botón **Registro para MyUPS**, y siga las instrucciones "
|
||
"para el completar el proceso de registro."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si ya tiene una cuenta UPS, puede agregarla a su perfil en línea de la "
|
||
"siguiente manera:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
|
||
"User ID and Password."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Inicie sesión en el sitio web `UPS.com <http://www.ups.com/>`_) utilizando "
|
||
"su ID y contraseña de UPS.com."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en la pestaña **My UPS**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en el enlace **Resumen de cuenta**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
|
||
"Details** section of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"4. Haga clic en el enlace **Agregar una cuenta UPS existente** en la sección"
|
||
" **Detalles de cuenta UPS** de la página."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
|
||
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
|
||
" States.q"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"5. En la pantalla **Agregar nueva cuenta**, introduzca los campos **Número "
|
||
"de cuenta UPS**, **Nombre de la cuenta** y **Código postal**. El país "
|
||
"predeterminado es Estados Unidos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en el botón **Siguiente** para continuar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Get an Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "Obtener una llave de acceso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
|
||
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que haya añadido su número de cuenta UPS a su perfil de usuario, "
|
||
"puede solicitar una clave de acceso a UPS siguiendo los siguientes pasos:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya al sitio web del `Kit de desarrollador de UPS "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "Ingrese a UPS.com con su usuario y contraseña"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en el vinculo **Solicitar una clave de acceso**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Verify your contact information"
|
||
msgstr "Verifique su información de contacto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
|
||
msgstr "Haga clic en el botón **Solicitar clave de acceso**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
|
||
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
|
||
"contact."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se le proporcionará la **clave de acceso** en el sitio web, y se enviará un "
|
||
"correo con la clave de acceso a la dirección de correo electrónico del "
|
||
"contacto principal."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "Fabricación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process "
|
||
"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the"
|
||
" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger"
|
||
" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La aplicación **Fabricación de Odoo** le ayuda a los fabricantes a "
|
||
"programar, planificar y procesar las órdenes de fabricación. Coloque "
|
||
"tabletas en el taller para controlar todas las órdenes de trabajo en tiempo "
|
||
"real mediante el panel de control del centro de trabajo y permita que los "
|
||
"trabajadores activen las operaciones de mantenimiento, circuitos de "
|
||
"retroalimentación, problemas de calidad, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
|
||
msgstr "`Tutoriales de Odoo: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Maintenance"
|
||
msgstr "Mantenimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Add new equipment"
|
||
msgstr "Agregar equipo nuevo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday "
|
||
"operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece "
|
||
"of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different "
|
||
"locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo "
|
||
"can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third "
|
||
"party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, **equipo** se refiere a cualquier artículo que se utilice en "
|
||
"operaciones cotidianas, esto incluye la fabricación de productos. Puede ser "
|
||
"una pieza de maquinaria en una línea de producción, una herramienta que se "
|
||
"utiliza en varios lugares, o una computadora en una oficina. Los equipos "
|
||
"registrados en Odoo pueden ser propiedad de la empresa que utiliza la base "
|
||
"de datos de Odoo, o de un tercero, como un proveedor en el caso del alquiler"
|
||
" de equipos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of "
|
||
"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To "
|
||
"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` "
|
||
"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, "
|
||
"and configure the equipment as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Mediante el uso de la aplicación **Mantenimiento** de Odoo, es posible "
|
||
"realizar un seguimiento de partes individuales de equipo junto con "
|
||
"información sobre sus requisitos de mantenimiento. Para agregar un nuevo "
|
||
"equipo, vaya al módulo de :guilabel:`Mantenimiento` y seleccione "
|
||
":menuselection:`Equipos --> Máquinas y herramientas --> Nuevo`, configure el"
|
||
" equipo de la siguiente manera:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre del equipo`: el nombre de producto del equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; "
|
||
"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be "
|
||
"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment "
|
||
"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Categoría del equipo`: la categoría a la que pertenece el equipo;"
|
||
" por ejemplo, computadoras, maquinaria, herramientas, etc. También puede "
|
||
"crear nuevas categorías, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Categorías"
|
||
" de equipo` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be"
|
||
" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Empresa`: la empresa propietaria del equipo, puede ser la que "
|
||
"utiliza la base de datos de Odoo o una empresa externa."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific "
|
||
"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an "
|
||
"employee and a department"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Usado por`: especifique si un empleado específico, departamento, "
|
||
"o ambos utilizan el equipo. Seleccione :guilabel:`Otro` si se comparte entre"
|
||
" un empleado y un departamento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the "
|
||
"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this "
|
||
"page"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipo de mantenimiento`: el equipo responsable del mantenimiento"
|
||
" del equipo. Puede crear nuevos equipos, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Equipos de mantenimiento` y seleccione "
|
||
":guilabel:`Nuevo`. Los miembros de cada equipo también se pueden asignar "
|
||
"desde esta página."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; "
|
||
"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no "
|
||
"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team "
|
||
"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as "
|
||
"a user can be assigned as a technician"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Técnico`: la persona responsable del mantenimiento del equipo. "
|
||
"Esto puede utilizarse para asignar a una persona específica en caso de que "
|
||
"no se asigne ningún equipo de mantenimiento o cuando un miembro específico "
|
||
"del equipo asignado siempre sea responsable del equipo. Cualquier persona "
|
||
"agregada a Odoo como usuario puede ser asignada como técnico."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this"
|
||
" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not "
|
||
"work centers, like an office, for example"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Usado en la ubicación`: la ubicación donde se utiliza el equipo. "
|
||
"Este campo de texto simple se puede utilizar para especificar ubicaciones "
|
||
"que no son centros de trabajo (por ejemplo, una oficina)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify "
|
||
"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a "
|
||
"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and "
|
||
"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Centro de trabajo`: especifique aquí si el equipo se utiliza en "
|
||
"un centro de trabajo. El equipo también se puede asignar a un centro de "
|
||
"trabajo, vaya a :menuselection:`Mantenimiento --> Equipos --> Centros de "
|
||
"trabajo` y seleccione un centro de trabajo o cree uno con el botón "
|
||
":guilabel:`Nuevo`, luego haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Equipo` en el "
|
||
"formulario del centro de trabajo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un ejemplo de un formulario de equipo nuevo configurado en su totalidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Include additional product information"
|
||
msgstr "Incluir información adicional del producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be "
|
||
"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La pestaña :guilabel:`Información del producto` en la parte inferior del "
|
||
"formulario se puede utilizar para proporcionar más detalles sobre el equipo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Proveedor`: el proveedor al que se compró el equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Referencia del proveedor`: el código de referencia asignado al "
|
||
"proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Modelo`: el modelo específico del equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Número de serie`: el número de serie único del equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for"
|
||
" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between "
|
||
"Failures)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fecha efectiva`: la fecha en que el equipo estuvo disponible para"
|
||
" su uso, se utiliza para calcular el :abbr:`MTBF (Tiempo medio entre "
|
||
"fallos)`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Costo`: la cantidad por la que se compró el equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's "
|
||
"warranty will expire"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Fecha en la que expira la garantía`: la fecha en la que vence la "
|
||
"garantía del equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment."
|
||
msgstr "La pestaña de información del producto para el nuevo equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Add maintenance details"
|
||
msgstr "Agregar detalles de mantenimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to "
|
||
"maintenance teams:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La pestaña :guilabel:`Mantenimiento` incluye información que puede ser útil "
|
||
"para los equipos de mantenimiento:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often "
|
||
"maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Frecuencia del mantenimiento preventivo`: especifica con qué "
|
||
"frecuencia debe realizarse el mantenimiento para evitar fallas en el equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the "
|
||
"equipment when it fails"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Duración de mantenimiento`: la cantidad de tiempo necesaria para "
|
||
"reparar el equipo cuando falla."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time "
|
||
"that the equipment is expected to operate before failing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tiempo medio esperado entre fallos`: la cantidad promedio de "
|
||
"tiempo que se espera que el equipo funcione antes de fallar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment."
|
||
msgstr "La pestaña de mantenimiento para el nuevo equipo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean "
|
||
"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest"
|
||
" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated "
|
||
"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La pestaña de :guilabel:`mantenimiento` también incluye secciones para el "
|
||
":guilabel:`tiempo medio entre fallos`, :guilabel:`próximo fallo estimado`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`último fallo` y :guilabel:`tiempo medio de reparación`. Estos "
|
||
"valores se calculan de forma automática según las solicitudes de "
|
||
"mantenimiento, si las hay."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for"
|
||
" the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of"
|
||
" the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ver las solicitudes de mantenimiento de un equipo, vaya a la página del"
|
||
" equipo y seleccione :guilabel:`Mantenimiento` en la esquina superior "
|
||
"derecha del formulario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestión de fabricación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM*) is a document that defines the quantity of "
|
||
"each component required to manufacture (or deliver) a finished product. It "
|
||
"can also include various operations types, steps, and instructions for the "
|
||
"individual guidelines needed to complete a production process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo *Manufacturing*, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be "
|
||
"linked to a product, so even product variants can have their own specific "
|
||
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the "
|
||
"manufacturing process, and saves time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Set up a BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be set up with or without operations "
|
||
"steps or instructions, and can include as many or as few components as "
|
||
"needed. The simplest setup is one without operations or instructions. In "
|
||
"that case, the production is solely managed with *manufacturing orders* "
|
||
"(MOs)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Product` field, choose the"
|
||
" product that will be associated with the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Bill of materials creation screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are three :guilabel:`BoM Types` that can be chosen for any bill of "
|
||
"materials:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` indicates that this product is "
|
||
"manufactured in-house, from start to finish using the components listed on "
|
||
"the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Kits` are sets of unassembled components that may be sold as "
|
||
"products, and are useful for managing more complex :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of "
|
||
"Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Subcontracting` outsources the production of some (or all) "
|
||
"components or products to outside manufacturers. This feature needs to be "
|
||
"enabled in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, under the :guilabel:`Operations` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` smart button on the product template, in "
|
||
"which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The most common :guilabel:`BoM Type` is :guilabel:`Manufacture this "
|
||
"product`. Once the :guilabel:`BoM Type` is chosen, click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"Line` to add all the :guilabel:`Components` that go into the production of "
|
||
"the final product, as well as the :guilabel:`Quantity` of each component. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
|
||
"Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"New components can be added, even during production, directly from the "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. After selecting :guilabel:`Add a line`, "
|
||
"create the new component and select :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"and Edit`. Components can also be created by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, and clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Specify a BoM for a product variant"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To assign *product variants* to :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`, the "
|
||
"feature must be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, under the :guilabel:`Products` section by selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variants` and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *product "
|
||
"variants*, with two setup options available to choose from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Bill of materials product variants and apply on variants options."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per "
|
||
"product variant, by specifying the :guilabel:`Product Variant` every time a "
|
||
"new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` is created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second method is to create **one** master :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
|
||
"Materials)` that contains all components, and specify which variant each "
|
||
"component applies to in the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Managing with Product Variants "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/manufacturing-with-product-"
|
||
"variants-2805>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column is hidden by default and can be "
|
||
"accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu icon at the "
|
||
"right of the :guilabel:`Components` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
|
||
msgid "Set up operations steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` require multiple operations and steps"
|
||
" during the manufacturing process. To create :guilabel:`Operations` on a "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
|
||
"feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings "
|
||
"--> Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a Bill of Materials operation and the steps creation tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new "
|
||
"operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a name, and "
|
||
"specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and the :guilabel:`Default Duration` "
|
||
"settings. Under the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab, the type of :guilabel:`Work "
|
||
"Sheet` can also be chosen, if assembly instructions need to be attached."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Work Sheet` types that can be added are: :guilabel:`Text` "
|
||
"(with a :guilabel:`Description`); :guilabel:`PDF` files; and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Google Slide` presentations. When all the information has been "
|
||
"filled out, select :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Bill of materials create operations popup on operations tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Add by-products to a BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production of a "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Unlike the finished product, there can be "
|
||
"more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the feature is enabled, by-products can be added to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill "
|
||
"of Materials)` from the :guilabel:`By-products` tab by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line`. The by-product can be named, its "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` specified, and a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` chosen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` has :guilabel:`Operations` steps, "
|
||
"specify exactly which operation the by-product is produced from in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Produced in Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to "
|
||
"save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Sell sets of products as kits"
|
||
msgstr "Vender conjuntos de productos como kits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
|
||
"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*."
|
||
" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of"
|
||
" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and "
|
||
"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un *kit* es un conjunto de componentes que se entregan sin armar primero. "
|
||
"Los *kits* se describen en Odoo usando *listas de materiales*. Hay dos "
|
||
"formas básicas de configurar los *kits*, dependiendo de cómo se van a "
|
||
"gestionar las existencias del producto del kit. En cualquier caso, se deben "
|
||
"instalar las aplicaciones *Inventario* y *Fabricación*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar las existencias de los componentes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit "
|
||
"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea armar los kits en el momento en que se encargan, gestionando "
|
||
"únicamente las existencias de los componentes del kit, utilizará una *LdM de"
|
||
" kit* sin etapa de fabricación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation"
|
||
" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
|
||
"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image "
|
||
"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second "
|
||
"image shows the corresponding delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un producto que utilice una *LdM de kit* aparecerá como un solo artículo de "
|
||
"línea en una cotización y orden de venta, pero generará una orden de entrega"
|
||
" con un artículo de línea para cada uno de los componentes del kit. En los "
|
||
"ejemplos siguientes, la primera imagen muestra una orden de venta para el "
|
||
"kit *Kit personalizado de computadora*, mientras que la segunda imagen "
|
||
"muestra la orden de entrega correspondiente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, "
|
||
"create each component product as you would with any other product, then "
|
||
"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the "
|
||
"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track "
|
||
"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. "
|
||
"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should "
|
||
"be unchecked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde el *menú de productos* en la aplicación *Inventario* o *Fabricación*, "
|
||
"cree cada uno de los productos componentes como lo haría con cualquier otro "
|
||
"producto, y luego cree un producto de nivel superior, o un producto de kit. "
|
||
"El kit debe tener solo la *ruta de fabricación*, en la pestaña *Inventario*."
|
||
" Dado que no se puede hacer un seguimiento de las existencias de los "
|
||
"productos de kit, el *Tipo de producto* debe establecerse como Consumible. "
|
||
"Debido a que no se puede comprar un producto de kit, la opción *Se puede "
|
||
"comprar* no debe estar marcada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
|
||
"preference. The component products require no particular configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se pueden modificar todos los demás elementos del kit de acuerdo con sus "
|
||
"preferencias. Los componentes del producto no requieren ninguna "
|
||
"configuración particular."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit "
|
||
"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this"
|
||
" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their "
|
||
"default values."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez configurados los productos, cree una *lista de materiales* para el "
|
||
"producto del kit. Añada cada componente y su cantidad. Seleccione *Tipo de "
|
||
"LdM Enviar este producto como un conjunto de componentes*. Todas las demás "
|
||
"opciones pueden quedarse con sus valores predeterminados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
|
||
msgstr "Gestione las existencias de productos de kits y componentes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a "
|
||
"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using "
|
||
"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. "
|
||
"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit "
|
||
"product will appear in your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea gestionar las existencias del *producto de nivel superior del kit*,"
|
||
" utilizará una *LdM* estándar con un paso de fabricación en lugar de una "
|
||
"*LdM del kit*. Al utilizar una LdM estándar para ensamblar kits, se creará "
|
||
"una *orden de fabricación*. La *orden de fabricación* debe registrarse como "
|
||
"terminada antes de que el producto del kit aparezca en sus existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select "
|
||
"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales "
|
||
"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable "
|
||
"stock management."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el producto del kit, seleccione la *ruta de fabricación*. También puede "
|
||
"seleccionar *Fabricación por encargo*, que creará una *orden de fabricación*"
|
||
" cada vez que se confirme una orden de venta. Seleccione el tipo de producto"
|
||
" *Producto almacenable* para permitir la gestión de las existencias."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture "
|
||
"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing"
|
||
" order* rather than a packing operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando cree la *lista de materiales*, seleccione el tipo de LdM *Fabricar "
|
||
"este producto*. Se describirá el proceso de montaje del kit mediante una "
|
||
"*orden de fabricación* en lugar de una operación de empaquetado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
|
||
msgstr "Cómo gestionar las LdM de las variantes de productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
|
||
"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo le permite utilizar una lista de materiales para múltiples variantes "
|
||
"del mismo producto. Simplemente habilite las variantes desde "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
|
||
" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
|
||
"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
|
||
"variants."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A continuación, podrá especificar las líneas de componentes que se "
|
||
"utilizarán en la fabricación de cada variante de producto. Puede especificar"
|
||
" múltiples variantes para cada línea. Si no se especifica ninguna variante, "
|
||
"la línea se utilizará para todas las variantes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
|
||
"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
|
||
"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se definen LdMs de variantes sobre la base de artículos de línea, se "
|
||
"debe dejar en blanco el campo **Variante del producto** en la sección "
|
||
"principal de la LdM. Este campo se utiliza cuando se crea una lista de "
|
||
"materiales para una sola variante de un producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials"
|
||
msgstr "Establecer hojas de ruta en las listas de materiales de los kits"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product "
|
||
"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured "
|
||
"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, "
|
||
"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A menudo sucede que se desea utilizar una lista de materiales de kit dentro "
|
||
"de una lista de materiales de producto elaborado con el fin de reducir la "
|
||
"lista de componentes de este producto. En este caso, querrá tener la "
|
||
"posibilidad de especificar, para cada componente del kit, la operación en la"
|
||
" que se consumen."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of "
|
||
"configurations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Veremos los tres casos de uso a los que se puede enfrentar en este tipo de "
|
||
"configuraciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing"
|
||
msgstr "El producto final y el componente del kit tienen la misma ruta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una LdM para el producto final"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit "
|
||
"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cree una LdM elaborada para el producto final que incluya un componente del "
|
||
"kit. Establezca una ruta en su LdM, por ejemplo, *Muebles para armar*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component"
|
||
msgstr "Crear una LdM de kit para el componente del kit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which"
|
||
" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Actualice el componente del kit para definir su lista de materiales. "
|
||
"Asegúrese de que la hoja de ruta que se establece en esta LdM es la misma "
|
||
"que la del producto final."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly "
|
||
"in the BoM of the kit."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede definir las operaciones en las que se utilizan los componentes del kit"
|
||
" directamente en la LdM."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Order"
|
||
msgstr "Orden de fabricación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as "
|
||
"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The "
|
||
"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the "
|
||
"kit BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El kit está dividido en la lista de componentes. Se crean dos órdenes de "
|
||
"trabajo ya que tenemos dos operaciones definidas en la hoja de ruta *Muebles"
|
||
" para armar*. Los componentes de los kits se consumen en las operaciones "
|
||
"definidas en la lista de materiales del kit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing"
|
||
msgstr "El producto final y el componente del kit no tienen la misma ruta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM"
|
||
msgstr "Consumo del kit establecido en la LdM del producto final"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing "
|
||
"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished "
|
||
"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in "
|
||
"this BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Actualice el componente del kit para definir su lista de materiales. En este"
|
||
" caso de uso, la hoja de ruta que se establece en esta LdM del kit es "
|
||
"diferente a la del producto final. Especifique las operaciones en las que se"
|
||
" consumen los componentes del kit en esta LdM."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the "
|
||
"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, "
|
||
"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of "
|
||
"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the"
|
||
" kit BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se crea la orden de fabricación del producto fabricado, el kit se "
|
||
"divide entre sus componentes. Cuando se planifica la orden de fabricación, "
|
||
"en nuestro caso, se crean tres órdenes de trabajo, una procedente de la hoja"
|
||
" de ruta de los productos fabricados, las otras dos procedentes de la hoja "
|
||
"de ruta de la LdM del kit."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95
|
||
msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los componentes se consumen por completo durante sus respectivas "
|
||
"operaciones. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM"
|
||
msgstr "Consumo del kit establecido en la LdM del kit"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit "
|
||
"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. "
|
||
"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cree una LdM para el producto final que incluya un componente del kit. "
|
||
"Establezca una hoja de ruta en su lista de materiales, por ejemplo, *Muebles"
|
||
" para armar*. Ajuste el consumo de los componentes en esta LdM."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing "
|
||
"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished "
|
||
"Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Actualice el componente del kit para definir su lista de materiales. En este"
|
||
" caso de uso, la hoja de ruta que se establece en esta LdM del Kit es "
|
||
"diferente a la del producto final."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The "
|
||
"last component is consumed during the second operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Todos los componentes de los kits se consumen durante la primera operación. "
|
||
"El último componente se consume durante la segunda operación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar productos semielaborados"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of "
|
||
"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A "
|
||
"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component "
|
||
"to make another one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, puede utilizar productos de subensamblaje para simplificar una "
|
||
"*Lista de materiales* compleja o para representar su flujo de fabricación "
|
||
"con mayor precisión. Un *producto de subensamblaje* es un producto fabricado"
|
||
" que se utiliza como componente para hacer otro."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. "
|
||
"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*."
|
||
" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a "
|
||
"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will "
|
||
"be for subassemblies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una *LdM* que emplea *subensamblajes* se considera una LdM multinivel. Esto "
|
||
"se consigue creando una *LdM de nivel superior* y *subensamblajes*. Este "
|
||
"proceso requiere una hoja de ruta que garantice que cada vez que se cree una"
|
||
" orden de fabricación para el producto de nivel superior, otra será para los"
|
||
" subensamblajes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar el producto de subensamblaje"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also"
|
||
" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of "
|
||
"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*."
|
||
" Now, hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar una *LdM multinivel*, necesitará un producto de nivel "
|
||
"superior así como sus subensamblajes. El primer paso es crear un formulario "
|
||
"de producto para cada uno de los subensamblajes. Seleccione las rutas "
|
||
"*Fabricar* y *Reemplazar en la orden*. A continuación, haga clic en "
|
||
"\"Guardar\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of "
|
||
"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el menú *Lista de materiales*, en *Datos maestros*, cree una nueva *Lista"
|
||
" de materiales*. Elija el producto que acaba de crear y añada sus "
|
||
"componentes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Configure the Main BoM"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar la LdM principal"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any "
|
||
"subassemblies in the list of components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este momento, puede configurar el producto de nivel superior y su *LdM*. "
|
||
"Incluya los subensamblajes en la lista de componentes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level "
|
||
"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. "
|
||
"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it "
|
||
"available before manufacturing the finished product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora, cada vez que planee una orden de fabricación para un producto de "
|
||
"nivel superior, se creará una orden de fabricación para el subensamblaje. "
|
||
"Por lo que tendrá que fabricar el subensamblaje para que esté disponible "
|
||
"antes de fabricar el producto final."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "Subcontratar la fabricación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is "
|
||
"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Subcontratar una parte o el total de las necesidades de fabricación de su "
|
||
"empresa no es fácil. Para que funcione bien, debe:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar el inventario de materias primas con su subcontratista;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Enviar nuevos materiales a sus subcontratistas según la demanda prevista;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Llevar un control de las operaciones de fabricación realizadas en la "
|
||
"ubicación del subcontratista;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Control incoming goods quality;"
|
||
msgstr "Controlar la calidad de los productos entrantes;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Control subcontractors bills."
|
||
msgstr "Controlar las facturas de los subcontratistas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
|
||
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El siguiente es un ejemplo de subcontratación de la fabricación de “C”, que "
|
||
"se produce a partir de las materias primas “A” y “B”."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Gracias a la función de subcontratación de Odoo, podrá gestionar este flujo "
|
||
"fácilmente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para utilizar la función de subcontratación, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque la "
|
||
"casilla *Subcontratación*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
|
||
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para definir si un producto se debe subcontratar, utilice una *Lista de "
|
||
"Materiales (LdM)* de tipo *Subcontratación*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data "
|
||
"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
|
||
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
|
||
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
|
||
"directly from the subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear una nueva *LdM*, vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Datos "
|
||
"Maestros --> Lista de materiales` y haga clic en crear. A continuación, "
|
||
"enumere los componentes que necesita su subcontratista para fabricar el "
|
||
"producto. Por razones de costo, es posible que desee registrar todos los "
|
||
"componentes, incluso los que se obtienen directamente del subcontratista."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
|
||
" subcontractors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que haya establecido el *Tipo de LdM* en *Subcontratación*, "
|
||
"especifique a uno o varios subcontratistas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
|
||
msgstr "Flujo básico de subcontratación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
|
||
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a "
|
||
"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
|
||
"subcontractor on the *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para que su subcontratista sepa cuántos productos necesita, cree y envíe "
|
||
"órdenes de compra. Para ello, abra la aplicación *Compras* y cree una nueva."
|
||
" Asegúrese de enviar la orden de compra a un proveedor que esté definido "
|
||
"como subcontratista en la *LdM*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
|
||
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
|
||
"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se valida la orden de compra (1), se crea un recibo pendiente. "
|
||
"Cuando se reciben los productos, se valida el recibo (2), con la cantidad "
|
||
"real recibida. Después, Odoo crea automáticamente varios movimientos de "
|
||
"inventario:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* "
|
||
"(3);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Consumir los componentes en la ubicación del subcontratista, basándose en la"
|
||
" *LdM* (3);"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
|
||
msgstr "Producir productos finales en la ubicación del subcontratista (4);"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the "
|
||
"validated receipt (5)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Trasladar los productos desde la ubicación del subcontratista a SuEmpresa a "
|
||
"través del recibo validado (5)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply "
|
||
"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por supuesto, Odoo se encarga de todas las transacciones de forma "
|
||
"automática. Simplemente lleve el control de la factura del proveedor con el "
|
||
"proceso habitual de conciliación con la orden de compra."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
|
||
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the "
|
||
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
|
||
"materials used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La *orden compra* es opcional. Si crea manualmente un recibo, con el "
|
||
"subcontratista adecuado, Odoo seguirá realizando todos los movimientos. "
|
||
"Resulta útil si el subcontratista no factura un precio fijo por artículo, "
|
||
"sino el tiempo y los materiales utilizados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr "Valoración del inventario"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
|
||
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
|
||
msgstr "El costo del producto fabricado “C” se define como:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89
|
||
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
msgstr "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91
|
||
msgid "With:"
|
||
msgstr "Con:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93
|
||
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
|
||
msgstr "**A**: Costo de las materias primas provenientes de SuEmpresa;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96
|
||
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
|
||
msgstr "**B**: Costo de las materias primas obtenidas directamente del"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96
|
||
msgid "subcontractor;"
|
||
msgstr "subcontratista;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98
|
||
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
|
||
msgstr "**s**: Costo del servicio subcontratado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
|
||
"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To "
|
||
"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal "
|
||
"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El envío de materias primas a sus subcontratistas (**A**) no afecta a la "
|
||
"valoración del inventario, los componentes siguen perteneciendo a su "
|
||
"empresa. Para gestionar esto, la *Ubicación de subcontratación* se configura"
|
||
" como una *Ubicación interna* para que los componentes se sigan valorando en"
|
||
" el inventario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
|
||
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
|
||
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
|
||
" accounting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Entonces, el precio del proveedor fijado en el formulario C del producto es "
|
||
"lo que hay que pagar al subcontratista por sus piezas y tiempo de servicio: "
|
||
"**B + s**. El costo del producto tiene que ser: **A + B + s**, lo que se "
|
||
"valora el producto en la contabilidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the "
|
||
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por último, la factura del subcontratista coincide con la orden de compra, y"
|
||
" el precio previsto procede de los productos C finales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
|
||
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
|
||
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la gestión de la reposición de las materias primas **B** en la ubicación "
|
||
"de su subcontratista no es necesaria, simplemente incluya el costo de **B** "
|
||
"en el precio del subcontratista **s** y elimine los productos *B* de la "
|
||
"*LdM*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Trazabilidad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked "
|
||
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
|
||
"receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En caso de que los productos recibidos del subcontratista contengan "
|
||
"componentes con seguimiento, es necesario especificar sus números de serie o"
|
||
" de lote durante la recepción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button "
|
||
"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the "
|
||
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
|
||
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al recibir el producto subcontratado, aparecerá un botón llamado *Registro "
|
||
"de componentes* cada vez que sea necesario. Haga clic para abrir un recuadro"
|
||
" y registrar los números de serie/lote de los componentes. Si también se "
|
||
"realiza el seguimiento del producto final, su número de serie/lote también "
|
||
"se puede registrar aquí."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
|
||
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A efectos de auditoría, es posible comprobar los números de lote registrados"
|
||
" en un recibo utilizando el icono situado a la derecha de los productos "
|
||
"finales:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144
|
||
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
|
||
msgstr "Automatizar la reposición para los subcontratistas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the "
|
||
"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para gestionar el reabastecimiento de su subcontratista, active la función "
|
||
"*Multiubicaciones* en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> "
|
||
"Configuración`. De esta manera, se puede hacer un seguimiento del inventario"
|
||
" en la ubicación del subcontratista."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the "
|
||
"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the "
|
||
"subcontractors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Es posible realizar el reabastecimiento de los subcontratistas mediante el "
|
||
"envío de productos desde las instalaciones de la empresa, o mediante el "
|
||
"envío de productos de otro proveedor a los subcontratistas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156
|
||
msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr "Reabastecimiento desde el almacén"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, "
|
||
"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery "
|
||
"address and fill the components to deliver."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Reabastecer manualmente a los subcontratistas es el método más sencillo. "
|
||
"Para ello, cree órdenes de entrega en las que el subcontratista se "
|
||
"establezca como dirección de entrega y complete con los componentes a "
|
||
"entregar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two "
|
||
"approaches:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Existen dos métodos para automatizar las peticiones de reabastecimiento de "
|
||
"los subcontratistas:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165
|
||
msgid "Reordering rules;"
|
||
msgstr " Reglas de reordenamiento;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166
|
||
msgid "Replenish on order flow."
|
||
msgstr "Reabastecer bajo pedido"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting "
|
||
"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering "
|
||
"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the"
|
||
" subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para la primera, basta con definir una regla de reordenamiento en el lugar "
|
||
"de subcontratación, con un nivel de inventario mínimo y máximo. Al activarse"
|
||
" la regla de reordenamiento, se crea una orden de entrega para enviar los "
|
||
"componentes al subcontratista."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the "
|
||
"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master "
|
||
"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do "
|
||
"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted "
|
||
"components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El segundo enfoque consiste en utilizar el sistema de flujo tirado. En este "
|
||
"caso, la demanda del producto final (demanda real o prevista a través del "
|
||
"programa maestro de producción) desencadena el reabastecimiento del "
|
||
"subcontratista. Para ello, seleccione la ruta *Suministro del subcontratista"
|
||
" en la orden* en los componentes deseados."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188
|
||
msgid "Replenishment from another supplier"
|
||
msgstr "Reabastecimiento por parte de otro proveedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to "
|
||
"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* "
|
||
"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se compran artículos a otro proveedor, puede solicitarle que los "
|
||
"entregue directamente al subcontratista. Para ello, active la función de "
|
||
"*Triangulación* en :menuselection:`Compra --> Configuración --> "
|
||
"Configuración`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other "
|
||
"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the "
|
||
"shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora, establezca la opción de *Triangulación* en el campo *Entrega a* de la"
|
||
" pestaña *Más información*. Después, indique la dirección del subcontratista"
|
||
" para el envío."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and "
|
||
"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the "
|
||
"subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De este modo, el proveedor podrá enviar los artículos directamente y usted "
|
||
"se limitará a recibir y pagar la factura. Sin embargo, sigue siendo "
|
||
"necesario validar los recibos del subcontratista."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212
|
||
msgid "Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr "Control de calidad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is "
|
||
"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a "
|
||
"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an "
|
||
"external party, it can be defined on the product reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Controlar la calidad de los productos fabricados por los subcontratistas es "
|
||
"posible gracias a la aplicación de Calidad de Odoo. Los controles de calidad"
|
||
" se pueden realizar en una etapa de fabricación, pero como el proceso de "
|
||
"fabricación lo gestiona una parte externa, se puede definir en la recepción "
|
||
"del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create "
|
||
"a new *Control Point* on the reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear un control de calidad en la recepción, abra la aplicación de "
|
||
"*Calidad* y cree un nuevo *Punto de control* en la recepción."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished "
|
||
"product is received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De este modo, se crea automáticamente un control de calidad cada vez que se "
|
||
"recibe un producto final."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
|
||
msgstr "Utilizar el programa maestro de producción"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
|
||
"production based on your demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El programa maestro de producción (PMP) es una valiosa herramienta para "
|
||
"planificar la producción a partir de la previsión de la demanda."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a la sección :menuselection:`Aplicación de Fabricación --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Ajustes` y active la función del Programa maestro de "
|
||
"producción antes de hacer clic en guardar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
|
||
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede definir el rango de tiempo de su PMP (mes/semana/día) y el número de "
|
||
"periodos que desea mostrar en los ajustes de fabricación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
|
||
"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the "
|
||
"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and"
|
||
" maximum quantities to replenish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora, vaya a :menuselection:`Planeación --> Programa maestro de producción`"
|
||
" y haga clic en añadir un producto. Ahora podrá definir su objetivo de "
|
||
"existencias de seguridad (= las existencias que quiere tener a mano al final"
|
||
" del periodo) y las cantidades mínimas y máximas a reponer."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can "
|
||
"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize"
|
||
" them with drag and drop."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los productos se ordenan según su secuencia en el programa maestro "
|
||
"producción. Puede cambiar esa secuencia yendo a la lista de sus productos y "
|
||
"reorganizándolos con la función de arrastrar y soltar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by "
|
||
"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual "
|
||
"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered"
|
||
" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what "
|
||
"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is "
|
||
"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some "
|
||
"information if it isn’t necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la vista del PMP, puede decidir qué información desea mostrar haciendo "
|
||
"clic en las *filas*. Se pueden añadir algunos campos a la vista, como "
|
||
"*Demanda real*, que mostrará la cantidad de productos ordenados para el "
|
||
"periodo, o *Disponible para prometer*, que le permite saber lo que todavía "
|
||
"se puede vender durante el periodo (el reabastecimiento previsto - lo que ya"
|
||
" se vendió durante el periodo). También puede decidir ocultar cierta "
|
||
"información si no es necesaria."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Calcule su demanda e inicie el reabastecimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation "
|
||
"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time,"
|
||
" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The"
|
||
" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for "
|
||
"its components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El siguiente paso es estimar la demanda para el periodo. Esta estimación "
|
||
"debe introducirse en la fila *Previsión de la demanda*. En cualquier momento"
|
||
" puede comparar la previsión de demanda con la demanda real (= ventas "
|
||
"confirmadas). La previsión de la demanda de un producto final tendrá un "
|
||
"impacto en la demanda indirecta de sus componentes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be "
|
||
"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based "
|
||
"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are "
|
||
"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the "
|
||
"replenish button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A continuación, se calculará automáticamente la cantidad a reabastecer para "
|
||
"los distintos periodos. Se muestran en verde los reabastecimientos que debe "
|
||
"iniciar según los plazos de entrega (plazo de entrega del proveedor o plazo "
|
||
"de entrega de la fabricación). Para iniciar el reabastecimiento, haga clic "
|
||
"en el botón de reabastecimiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
|
||
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
|
||
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se crearán solicitudes de cotización u órdenes de fabricación según la "
|
||
"configuración del producto (compra o fabricación). Puede acceder fácilmente "
|
||
"a ellas haciendo clic en la celda *Reabastecimiento real*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will "
|
||
"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically "
|
||
"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En caso de editar manualmente la cantidad *A reabastecer*, aparecerá una "
|
||
"pequeña cruz a la izquierda. En caso de que desee volver al valor calculado "
|
||
"automáticamente por Odoo, puede hacer clic en la cruz."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Cells color signification"
|
||
msgstr "Significado del color de las celdas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different "
|
||
"colors depending on the situation:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las celdas, que forman parte de la línea *A reponer*, pueden adquirir "
|
||
"diferentes colores dependiendo de la situación:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
|
||
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
|
||
"demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Verde**: cantidad de productos que se deben de reabastecer para alcanzar "
|
||
"las existencias de seguridad previstas teniendo en cuenta la previsión de la"
|
||
" demanda y la previsión de la demanda indirecta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"still matches current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Gris**: ya se ha generado la orden de reabastecimiento y su cantidad sigue"
|
||
" coincidiendo con los datos actuales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"was too high considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Rojo**: ya se ha generado la orden de reabastecimiento y la cantidad era "
|
||
"demasiado alta considerando los datos actuales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
|
||
" was too low considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Naranja**: ya se ha generado la orden de reabastecimiento y su cantidad "
|
||
"era demasiado baja considerando los datos actuales."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
|
||
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La línea de *Previsión de existencias* también puede contener celdas rojas, "
|
||
"lo que significa que las existencias serán negativas durante dicho periodo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100
|
||
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Qué pasa si subestimé la demanda?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
|
||
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
|
||
"replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Todavía puede aumentar la previsión de la demanda. Esto repercutirá en la "
|
||
"cantidad a reabastecer. La celda se volverá naranja y podrá iniciar un nuevo"
|
||
" reabastecimiento."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107
|
||
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Y si sobrestimé la demanda?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
|
||
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
|
||
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede disminuir la previsión de la demanda. La celda se volverá roja para "
|
||
"informarle que ha ordenado más de lo previsto. Si todavía puede, cancele "
|
||
"manualmente algunas u órdenes de fabricación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114
|
||
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"¿Qué pasa si me equivoco y agrego un producto que no debería ir en el "
|
||
"programa maestro de producción?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
|
||
"the right of its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede eliminar un elemento del PMP al hacer clic en el icono de bote de "
|
||
"basura ubicado a la derecha del producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage work orders using work centers"
|
||
msgstr "Gestione órdenes de trabajo usando los centros de trabajo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work"
|
||
" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work "
|
||
"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of "
|
||
"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the "
|
||
"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->"
|
||
" Work Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Fabricación de Odoo le permite a las órdenes de trabajo ejecutarse en "
|
||
"centros de trabajo específicos. Cuando se crea una orden de fabricación para"
|
||
" un producto, cualquier orden de trabajo enumerada en la pestaña "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operaciones` de la lista de materiales del producto (LdM) se "
|
||
"creará automáticamente y se asignará a un centro de trabajo específico. Las "
|
||
"órdenes de trabajo se pueden gestionar en el módulo :guilabel:`Fabricación` "
|
||
"al seleccionar :menuselection:`Operaciones --> Órdenes de Trabajo`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first"
|
||
" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next "
|
||
"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by "
|
||
"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para usar centros de trabajo, debe estar activada la función "
|
||
":guilabel:`Órdenes de Trabajo` . Para hacerlo, vaya al módulo "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fabricación` , seleccione :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes`, y active la casilla junto a :guilabel:`Órdenes de Trabajo`. Los "
|
||
"centros de trabajo se pueden crear y gestionar si selecciona "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Centros de Trabajo`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a work center"
|
||
msgstr "Crear un centro de trabajo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center "
|
||
"form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Dentro del módulo :guilabel:`Fabricación` , seleccione "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Centros de Trabajo --> Crear`. El "
|
||
"formulario del centro de trabjo se puede llenar de la siguiente manera: "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that "
|
||
"describes the type of operations it will be used for"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Nombre del centro de trabajo`: dele al centro de trabajo un "
|
||
"nombre claro que descirba el tipo de operaciones para las que se usará. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for "
|
||
"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Centros de trabajo alternativos`: especifíque un centro de "
|
||
"trabajo alternativo para que ahí se ejecuten las operaciones si el centro de"
|
||
" trabajo principal no está disponible. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Código`: asinge un código de referencia al centro de trabajo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center "
|
||
"can be in use each week"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Horas de trabajo`: defina el número de horas semanales en las que"
|
||
" se puede usar el centro de trabajo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Empresa`: seleccione la empresa a la que le pertenece el centro "
|
||
"de trabajo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un ejemplo de un formulario de centro de trabajo configurado en su "
|
||
"totalidad. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Set standards for work center productivity"
|
||
msgstr "Establezca estándares para la productividad del centro de trabajo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for "
|
||
"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La pestaña :guilabel:`Infromación General` en el formulario del centro de "
|
||
"trabajo le permite asignar objetivos de productividad al centro de trabajo:"
|
||
" "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a "
|
||
"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes "
|
||
"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 "
|
||
"minutes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Eficiencia del tiempo`: se usa para calcular la duración esperada"
|
||
" de una orden de trabajo en el centro de trabajo. Por ejemplo, si "
|
||
"normalmente una orden de trabajo tarda una hora en realizarse y la "
|
||
"eficiencia está establecida en 200%, la orden tardará 30 minutos en "
|
||
"completarse. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the "
|
||
"work center simultaneously"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Capacidad`: el número de operaciones que se pueden ejecutar de "
|
||
"manera simultánea en el centro de trabajo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Objetivo de la eficacia general del equipo`: el objetivo para la "
|
||
"eficacia en el centro de trabajo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tiempo antes de la producción.`: tiempo establecido qie se "
|
||
"requiere antes de que comience el trabajo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work "
|
||
"is finished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tiempo después de la producción`: tiempo de descanso o limpieza "
|
||
"que se requiere después de que se terminó el trabajo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one "
|
||
"hour"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Costo por hora`: el costo por operacional del centro de trabajo "
|
||
"por una hora "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center "
|
||
"should be recorded"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cuenta analítica`: la cuenta dónde se debe registrar el costo del"
|
||
" centro de trabajo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The general information tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La pestaña de información general del formulario del centro de trabajo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Assign equipment to a work center"
|
||
msgstr "Asignar equipo a un centro de trabajo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of "
|
||
"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be"
|
||
" displayed for each piece of equipment added:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al usar la pestaña :guilabel:`Equipo`, es posible asignar piezas de equipo "
|
||
"específicas a un centro de trabajo. La siguiente información se mostrará "
|
||
"para cada pieza de equipo que agregue: "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre del equipo`: nombre de la pieza de equipo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the "
|
||
"equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Técnico`: el técnico responsable de darle mantenimiento al equipo"
|
||
" "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Categoría del equipo`: la categoría del equipo le pertenece a"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the "
|
||
"piece of equipment will operate before failing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tiempo medio esperado entre fallos`: la cantidad promedio de "
|
||
"tiempo que se espera que el equipo funcione antes de fallar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the "
|
||
"equipment to become fully operational again"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tiempo medio de recuperación`: el tiempo promedio que tarda el "
|
||
"equipo en recuperarse para volver a ser completamente funcional de nuevo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment "
|
||
"failure will occur"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Próxima falla estimada`: un estimado de cuándo ocurrirá el "
|
||
"siguiente fallo del equipo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr "La pestaña de equipo en el formulario del centro de trabajo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are "
|
||
"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El :guilabel:`Tiempo medio esperado entre fallos`, el :guilabel:`Tiempo "
|
||
"medio de recuperación`, y la :guilabel:`Próxima falla esperada` se calculan "
|
||
"automáticamente con base en datos anteriores de fallos, si es que existen."
|
||
" "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81
|
||
msgid "Integrate IoT devices"
|
||
msgstr "Integración de dispositivos IoT "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT "
|
||
"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La pestaña :guilabel:`Activadores de IoT` permite la integración de "
|
||
"dispositivos :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las Cosas)` con un centro de trabajo: "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Dispositivo`: especifica el dispositivo IoT que se activará"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Clave`: la clave de seguridad para el dispositivo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Acción`: la acción para activar el dispositivo IoT "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr "La pestaña Activadores de IoT en el formulario del centro de trabajo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center"
|
||
msgstr "Caso de uso: configure un centro de trabajo alternativo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. "
|
||
"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible "
|
||
"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be "
|
||
"carried out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando un centro de trabajo tiene completa sus capacidad, no puede aceptar "
|
||
"nuevas órdenes de trabajo. En lugar de esperar a que el centro de trabajo "
|
||
"esté disponible, es posbile especificar un centro de trabajo alternativo "
|
||
"donde se ejecutarán las órdenes de trabajo excedentes. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab"
|
||
" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will"
|
||
" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. "
|
||
"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comience creando un nuevo centro de trabajo. Configure la pestaña "
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipo` para que tenga el mismo equipo que el centro de trabajo "
|
||
"principal. Esto garantizará que se ejecuten las mismas tareas en ambos "
|
||
"centros de trabajo. Vaya al centro de trabajo principal e incluya un nuevo "
|
||
"centro de trabajo en el campo de selección :guilabel:`Centros de trabajo "
|
||
"alternativos`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one"
|
||
" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for "
|
||
"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the "
|
||
"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the "
|
||
"top left of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora, cree una nueva orden de fabricación que use el centro de trabajo "
|
||
"principal para una de sus operaciones. El centro de trabajo principal se "
|
||
"seleccionará de manera automática para la operación en la pestaña "
|
||
":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo`. Después de confirmar la orden de "
|
||
"fabricación, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Planear` que aparece del lado "
|
||
"superior izquierdo del formulario. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Hga clic en el botón planear para seleccionar automáticamente un centro de "
|
||
"trabajo disponible. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the "
|
||
"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si el centro de trabajo principal tiene completa su capacidad, el centro de "
|
||
"trabajo seleccionado para la operación se cambiará automáticamente por el "
|
||
"centro de trabajo alternativo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected."
|
||
msgstr "El centro de trabajo alternativo se selecciona automáticamente. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123
|
||
msgid "Monitor work center performance"
|
||
msgstr "Monitoree el rendimiento del centro de trabajo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work "
|
||
"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed "
|
||
"at the top right of the form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede ver el rendimiento de un centro de trabajo individual si selecciona "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Centros de trabajo`, y haga clic en un "
|
||
"centro de trabajo. Puede ver una variedad de métricas en el lado superior "
|
||
"derecho del formulario que muestran el rendimiento del centro de trabajo: "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that "
|
||
"the work center has been fully productive"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Eficacia general del equipo`: el porcentaje de tiempo que el "
|
||
"centro de trabajo fue totalmente productivo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Pérdida`: la cantidad de tiempo perdido a causa de interrupciones"
|
||
" en el trabajo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current "
|
||
"workload"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Carga`: la cantidad de tiempo que le tomará completar la carga de"
|
||
" trabajo actual"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a "
|
||
"percentage of the expected duration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Rendimiento`: la duraión real del tiempo de trabajo mostrado como"
|
||
" porcentaje de la duración esperada "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desactive los centros de trabajo utilizando la aplicación Tiempo personal. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at "
|
||
"specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some "
|
||
"reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is "
|
||
"operational again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, los *centros de trabajo* se usan para llevar a cabo operaciones de "
|
||
"fabricación en ubicaciones específicas. Sin embargo, si no es posible usar "
|
||
"un centro de trabajo por alguna razón, las órdenes de trabajo se comienzan a"
|
||
" acumular en el centro hasta que sea funcional de nuevo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so "
|
||
"that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that "
|
||
"are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work "
|
||
"center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that "
|
||
"manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is "
|
||
"available again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por ello, es necesario desactivar el centro de trabajo en Odoo para que la "
|
||
"plataforma envíe órdenes de trabajo nuevas a los centros de trabajo alternos"
|
||
" que están en funcioamiento. Utilizando *Tiempo personal* de Odoo, es "
|
||
"posible desactivar un centro de trabajo por un periodo de tiempo "
|
||
"determinado. Al hacerlo, se asegurará de que las operaciones de fabricación "
|
||
"puedan continuar hasta que el centro de trabajo afectado esté disponible de "
|
||
"nuevo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform "
|
||
"must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable "
|
||
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`"
|
||
" smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-"
|
||
"up window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Antes de que pueda desactivar un centro de trabajo, la plataforma de Odoo "
|
||
"debe estar configurada adecuadamente. Primero, debe activar el :ref:`modo "
|
||
"desarrollador <developer-mode>`. Esto permitirá que aparezca el botón "
|
||
"inteligente de :guilabel:`Tiempo personal` en la ventana emergente de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Horas laborables` en cada centro de trabajo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to "
|
||
"the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`"
|
||
" under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Active el modo desarrollador en :menuselection:`Ajustes`, baje hasta el "
|
||
"final de la página y haga clic en :guilabel:`Activar modo desarrollador` que"
|
||
" está en la sección :guilabel:`Herramientas de desarrollador`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button."
|
||
msgstr "El botón \"Activar modo desarrollador\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time "
|
||
"off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. "
|
||
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module "
|
||
"should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green "
|
||
":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, instale la aplicación *Tiempo personal*. Esta es la aplicación que se"
|
||
" usa para asignar tiempo perosnal a todos los recursos dentro de Odoo, "
|
||
"incluyendo empleados y centros de trabajo. Vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Aplicaciones` y escriba `Tiempo personal` en la barra de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Buscar...`. La tarjeta para el módulo de :guilabel:`Tiempo "
|
||
"personal` es la única que debe aparecer en la página. Haga clic en el botón "
|
||
"verde de :guilabel:`Instalar` que aparece en la tarjeta para instalar la "
|
||
"aplicación. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Time Off module installation card."
|
||
msgstr "Tarjeta de instalación del módulo Tiempo personal. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it "
|
||
"is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable"
|
||
" and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If"
|
||
" no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away "
|
||
"from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El último paso es configurar adecuadamente los centros de trabajo. Para este"
|
||
" flujo de trabajo, es necesario contar con al menos dos centros de trabajo: "
|
||
"uno que esté desactivado y otro que reciba las órdenes de trabajo que el "
|
||
"otro no puede aceptar. Si no tiene un segundo centro de trabajo configurado,"
|
||
" Odoo no podrá enviar a otro lado las órdenes de trabajo y se acumularán en "
|
||
"la cola de este único centro de trabajo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear un centro de trabajo, vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Centros de trabajo --> Crear `. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one "
|
||
"work center can also be performed at the other."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Asegúrese de que ambos centros de trabajo tengan configurado el mismo equipo"
|
||
" en la pestaña :guilabel:`Equipo`. Esto garantizará que las operaciones que "
|
||
"se llevan a cabo en un centro de trabajo también puedan realizarse en el "
|
||
"otro. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form."
|
||
msgstr "La pestaña de equipo en el formulario del centro de trabajo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work "
|
||
"center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo "
|
||
"knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is "
|
||
"unavailable for any reason."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para el centro de trabajo que estará desactivado, seleccione el segundo "
|
||
"centro de trabajo en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Centros de trabajo "
|
||
"alternos`. Ahora, Odoo sabrá que debe enviar órdenes de trabajo al segundo "
|
||
"centro cuando el primero no esté disponible por cualquier motivo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un formulario de centro de trabajo configurado con un centro de trabajo "
|
||
"alterno. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Add time off for a work center"
|
||
msgstr "Utilizar la función tiempo personal en un centro de trabajo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work "
|
||
"center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and "
|
||
"selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the "
|
||
":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` "
|
||
"drop-down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con la configuración completa, ahora puede asignar un tiempo de pausa al "
|
||
"centro de trabajo que estará desactivado. Comience por ir a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> Centros de trabajo` y "
|
||
"seleccione el centro de trabajo afectado. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` y "
|
||
"luego en el botón de :guilabel:`↗ (enlace externo)` que está junto al menú "
|
||
"desplegable :guilabel:`Horas laborables`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form."
|
||
msgstr "El botón de \""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard "
|
||
"working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other "
|
||
"details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be "
|
||
"taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aparecerá una ventana emergente llamada :guilabel:`Abierto: Horas "
|
||
"laborables`. El estándar de horas laborables para el centro de trabajo "
|
||
"aparece aquí junto con otros detalles más. Ya que tiene activado el modo "
|
||
"desarrollador habrá un botón de :guilabel:`Tiempo personal` en la parte "
|
||
"superior derecha de la ventana emergente. Haga clic sobre él para ir a la "
|
||
"página de :guilabel:`Recurso de tiempo personal`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El botón de tiempo personal en la ventana emergente de las horas laborables."
|
||
" "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On"
|
||
" the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure "
|
||
"(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End"
|
||
" Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be "
|
||
"unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is "
|
||
"logged in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En esta página, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` para configurar una nueva "
|
||
"entrada para tiempo personal. En el formulario, anote el :guilabel:`Motivo` "
|
||
"por el cual no está disponible el centro de trabajo (dañado, en "
|
||
"mantenimiento, etc), seleccione el centro de trabajo afectado como el "
|
||
":guilabel:`Recurso` y elija una :guilabel:`Fecha de inicio` y una "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fecha de finalización` para especificar el periodo durante el "
|
||
"cual el centro de trabajo estará inactivo. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`"
|
||
" y el tiempo en pausa para el centro de trabajo se guardará en Odoo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form."
|
||
msgstr "Formulario del \"Recurso de tiempo personal\"."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94
|
||
msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center"
|
||
msgstr "Envie órdenes a un centro de trabajo alterno "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent"
|
||
" to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Plan` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que el centro de trabajo esté configurado dentro del periodo en el "
|
||
"que estará en pausa, las órdenes de trabajo que lleguen ahí, podrán "
|
||
"reenviarse de manera automática al centro de trabajo alterno usando el botón"
|
||
" de :guilabel:`Planear`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the "
|
||
"manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the "
|
||
"unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
|
||
" to confirm the work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Comience por crear una nueva orden de fabricación en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación --> Crear`. En el "
|
||
"formulario de la orden de fabricación, especifíque un :guilabel:`Producto` "
|
||
"que utilice el centro de trabajo inactivo para una de sus operaciones. Haga "
|
||
"clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` para confirmar la orden de trabajo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By "
|
||
"default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work "
|
||
"Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top "
|
||
"left of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la orden de trabajo confirmada, seleccione la pestaña de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo`. De manera predeterminada, el centro de "
|
||
"trabajo que no está disponible estará especificado en la columna de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Centro de trabajo`. También hay un botón verde en la esquina "
|
||
"superior izquierda de la página que dice :guilabel:`Planear`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr "El botón de Planear en una orden de fabricación.. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work "
|
||
"Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Planear` y el centro de trabajo que aparece"
|
||
" en la pestaña :guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` cambia automáticamente al "
|
||
"centro de trabajo alternativo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan "
|
||
"button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El centro de trabajo seleccionado se actualiza automáticamente después de "
|
||
"hacer clic en el botón de Planear. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo "
|
||
"recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative "
|
||
"work center unless the first one is at capacity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que el periodo de inactividad del centro de trabajo termine, Odoo "
|
||
"reconocerá que el centro de trabajo se encuentra disponible de nuevo. En "
|
||
"este punto, hacer clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Planear` ya no reenviará "
|
||
"las órdenes de trabajo al centro de trabajo alterno a menos que el primero "
|
||
"tenga su capacidad llena. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Quality control"
|
||
msgstr "Control de calidad "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create quality alerts"
|
||
msgstr "Crear alertas de calidad "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality "
|
||
"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, "
|
||
"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using "
|
||
"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not "
|
||
"detected by automated processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Configurar puntos de control de calidad es una excelente manera de "
|
||
"garantizar que el control de calidad se haga en etapas rutinarias durante "
|
||
"operaciones específicas. Sin embargo, los problemas de calidad pueden "
|
||
"aparecer frecuentemente fuera de esos controles programados. Al usar "
|
||
"*Calidad* de Odoo, los usuarios pueden crear alertas por problemas de "
|
||
"calidad que se detectaron durante el proceso automatizado. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11
|
||
msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`Agregar puntos de control de calidad <quality_control_points>`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form"
|
||
msgstr "Encuentre y llene el formulario de las alertas de calidad "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within"
|
||
" the *Quality* module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En algunas situaciones es necesario crear manualmente las alertas de calidad"
|
||
" dentro del módulo *Calidad*. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can"
|
||
" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant "
|
||
"quality team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un usuario que recibe un ticket de un cliente notificando un defecto en un "
|
||
"producto puede crear una alerta para avisar al equipo de calidad "
|
||
"correspondiente. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` "
|
||
"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> "
|
||
"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear una nueva alerta de calidad, vaya al módulo "
|
||
":menuselection:`Calidad` y seleccione :menuselection:`Control de calidad -->"
|
||
" Alertas de calidad --> Crear`. La alerta de calidad se puede llenar de la "
|
||
"siguiente manera:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality "
|
||
"alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Título`: elija un título claro y descriptivo para la alerta de "
|
||
"calidad."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being "
|
||
"created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Producto`: el producto sobre el cual se crea la alerta de calidad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has "
|
||
"the quality issue, if applicable"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Variante de producto`: la variante específica del producto que "
|
||
"tiene un problema de calidad, solo si aplica "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Lote`: el número de lote que tiene asignado el producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Centro de trabajo`: el centro de trabajo donde se originó el "
|
||
"problema de calidad "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue "
|
||
"originated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Recolección`: la operación de recolección durante la cual se "
|
||
"originó el problema de calidad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality "
|
||
"alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipo`: el equipo de calidad al que se le enviará la alerta "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality"
|
||
" alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsable`: la persona responsable de gestionar la alerta de "
|
||
"calidad "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: clasifique la alerta de calidad con base en etiquetas"
|
||
" creadas por el usuario "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Causa`: la causa del problema de calidad, si se sabe"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to "
|
||
"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Prioridad`: asigne la prioridad entre uno y tres estrellas para "
|
||
"garantizar que los problemas urgentes tengan prioridad "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional "
|
||
"information to quality teams:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las pestañas al final del formulario se pueden usar para proporcionar "
|
||
"infromación adicional a los equipos de calidad: "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Descripción`: proporcione detalles adicionales sobre el problema "
|
||
"de calidad "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Acciones correctivas`: el método para arreglar los productos "
|
||
"afectados "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from "
|
||
"occurring in the future"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Acciones preventivas`: procedimientos para prevenir que el "
|
||
"problema vuelva a ocurrir "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company "
|
||
"that produces the product, and the date assigned"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Otro`: el proveedor del producto (si aplica), la empresa que "
|
||
"produce el prodcuto y la fecha asignada "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un ejemplo de un formulario de alerta de calidad configrado en su totalidad "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process"
|
||
msgstr "Agregue alertas de calidad durante el proceso de fabricación "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work "
|
||
"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet "
|
||
"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner "
|
||
"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo le permite a los empleados de fabricación crear alertas de calidad en "
|
||
"una orden de trabajo sin tener que acceder al módulo *Calidad*. Desde la "
|
||
"vista de tableta de una orden de trabajo, haga clic en el :guilabel:`☰` "
|
||
"icono de menú tipo hamburguesa en la esquina superior izquierda y seleccione"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Alerta de calidad`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Access the work order menu."
|
||
msgstr "Acceda al menú de la orden de trabajo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous "
|
||
"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El formulario de las alertas de calidad se pueden llenar tal como se detalló"
|
||
" en la sección anterior. Después de guardar el formulario, aparecerá una "
|
||
"nueva alerta en el tablero de :guilabel:`Alertas de calidad` al que puede "
|
||
"acceder desde el menú :menuselection:`Calidad --> Control de calidad`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Manage existing quality alerts"
|
||
msgstr "Gestione alertas de calidad existentes "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages "
|
||
"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one "
|
||
"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. "
|
||
"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, "
|
||
"calendar, and pivot table views."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"De manera predeterminada, las alertas de calidad están organizadas en una "
|
||
"vista kanban. Las etapas del tablero kanban son totalmente configurables y "
|
||
"las alertas se pueden mover de una etapa a otra arrastrando y soltando, o "
|
||
"desde cada alerta. Otras opciones adicionales disponibles para ver las "
|
||
"alertas incluyen las vistas de gráficos, calendario, y tablas dinámicas. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. "
|
||
"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters "
|
||
"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Filtre las alertas según diferentes criterios como la fecha asignada o la "
|
||
"fecha finalizada. Las alertas también se pueden agrupar según el equipo de "
|
||
"calidad, causa u otros parámetros que puede encontrar en el botón del menú "
|
||
":guilabel:`Filtros` . "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Add quality controls"
|
||
msgstr "Agregue controles de calidad "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are "
|
||
"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the "
|
||
"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, "
|
||
"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at "
|
||
"specific points during production."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Use *Calidad de Odoo* para controlar la calidad de los productos antes de "
|
||
"que se registren en las existencias, durante las operaciones de recolección "
|
||
"y cuando salgan del almacén para completar una orden de envio. Al crear "
|
||
"*puntos de control de calidad*, los fabricantes pueden establecer controles "
|
||
"de calidad que se activan automáticamente en puntos específicos durante la "
|
||
"producción. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Configure quality control points"
|
||
msgstr "Configure los puntos de control de calidad "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control"
|
||
" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, "
|
||
"accordingly:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear un nuevo punto de control de calidad, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Control de calidad --> Puntos de control --> Crear`. Luego, "
|
||
"llene los siguientes campos del formulario como corresponde: "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative "
|
||
"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Título`: introduzca un título simple e informativo para su punto "
|
||
"de control de calidad, para que los equipos de producción y control de "
|
||
"calidad lo puedan entender fácilmente. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the "
|
||
"specific quality control point"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Productos`: indique que producto(s) deben pasar a trvés del punto"
|
||
" específico de control de calidad "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform "
|
||
"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery "
|
||
"Orders`, etc.)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Operaciones`: determine qué equipo(s) de operaciones deben "
|
||
"realizar el control de calidad (por ejemplo, `Fabricación`, `Recibos`, "
|
||
"`Órdenes de envio`, etc.)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the "
|
||
"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control "
|
||
"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Operación de la orden de trabajo`: para las operaciones de "
|
||
"fabricación, utilice el menú desplegable para indicar para que tipo de orden"
|
||
" de trabajo aplica el punto de control de calidad: :guilabel:`Ensamblaje "
|
||
"manual`, :guilabel:`Empaquetado`, :guilabel:`Ensamblaje`, :guilabel:`Prueba`"
|
||
" o :guilabel:`Ensamblaje a largo plazo`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control"
|
||
" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. "
|
||
"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for "
|
||
"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Empresa`: agregue la empresa que implementará el punto de control"
|
||
" de calidad. Generalmente, será la empresa que sea propietaria de la base de"
|
||
" datos de Odoo. Sin emabrgo, puede seleccionar un perfil multiempresa o de "
|
||
"proveedor para casos en los que existan varias ubicaciones de fabricación y "
|
||
"de ingeniería. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from "
|
||
":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`"
|
||
" to determine how often the control point should executed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tipo de control`: usando el menú desplegable, elija entre "
|
||
":guilabel:`Todas las operaciones`, :guilabel:`Al azar` o "
|
||
":guilabel:`Periodicamente` para determinar que tan seguido se debe ejecutar "
|
||
"el punto de control de calidad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - "
|
||
"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tipo`: usando el menú desplegable, elija el tipo del punto de "
|
||
"control : :guilabel:`Instrucciones`, :guilabel:`Tomar una foto`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Aprobado - No aprobado`, o :guilabel:`Medida` "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of "
|
||
"the quality control point check"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipo`: decida qué equipo de calidad debe recibir los resultados"
|
||
" del punto de control de calidad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and "
|
||
"evolution of the quality control point over time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsable`: agregue una persona por punto para que gestione el "
|
||
"estado y la evolución del punto de control de calidad a lo largo del tiempo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Instrucciones`: describa el control de calidad que se ejecutará "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check "
|
||
"fails"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Mensaje en caso de fallo`: escriba con detalle qué es lo que se "
|
||
"debe hacer en caso de que la revisión falle "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information"
|
||
msgstr ":guilabel:`Notas`: úselas para incluir información adicional"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un ejemplo de un punto de control de calidad para una prueba de Aprobado-No "
|
||
"aprobado. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be "
|
||
"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work "
|
||
"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se ha configurado un punto de control, se creará y asignará "
|
||
"automáticamente un control de calidad cuando haya llegado a la operación u "
|
||
"orden de trabajo especificados. Los controles de calidad se pueden gestionar"
|
||
" seleccionando `Control de Calidad --> Controles de calidad`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point,"
|
||
" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ver todos los controles de calidad creados por un putno de control, "
|
||
"vaya a :menuselection:`Control de calidad --> Puntos de control`, seleccione"
|
||
" un punto de control, y haga clic en :guilabel:`Controles de calidad` en la "
|
||
"esquina superior derecha. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check"
|
||
msgstr "Caso de uso: configure una medidia de control de calidad "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These "
|
||
"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance "
|
||
"will pass the check:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para asegurar que el producto cumpla con las medidas requeridas, seleccione,"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Medida` del menú desplegable :guilabel:`Tipo` . Seleccionar el "
|
||
"tipo de control de calidad :guilabel:`Medida` desplega tres nuevos campos: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dispositivo`, :guilabel:`Norma`, y :guilabel:`Tolerancia`. Estos "
|
||
"campos se pueden configurar para que solo los productos con cierta "
|
||
"tolerancia pasen el control:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take "
|
||
"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Dispositivo`: seleccione el dispositivo de medición que debe "
|
||
"usarse para tomar las medidas (por ejemplo, cinta métrica)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should "
|
||
"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Norma`: especifíque la medida deseada a la que el producto debe "
|
||
"ajustarse y la unidad de medida que debe usarse "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within "
|
||
"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`"
|
||
" 60.5 mm)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolerancia`: seleccione el rango dentro del cual puede estar la "
|
||
"medida y aún así pasar el control (por ejemplo, :guilabel:`de` 59.5 mm "
|
||
":guilabel:`a` 60.5 mm)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality "
|
||
"check."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un ejemplo de un formulario de un punto de control de calidad configurado "
|
||
"para un control de calidad de medidas. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. "
|
||
"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were "
|
||
"specified on the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando el formulario de los puntos de control de calidad este completo, haga"
|
||
" clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. Ahora, este prueba basada en las medidas se "
|
||
"activará para los productos especificados en el formulario."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires"
|
||
" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be "
|
||
"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For "
|
||
"products that measure within the values indicated in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that"
|
||
" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the "
|
||
"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet "
|
||
"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management "
|
||
"team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando la producción del producto específicado llega al punto de operación "
|
||
"que necesita un control de calidad de medida, se le solicita al empleado de "
|
||
"fabricación responsable que registre y valide el valor medido desde la vista"
|
||
" de tableta. Para productos que tengan las medidas dentro de los valores "
|
||
"indicados en los campos de :guilabel:`Tolerancia` la prueba será aprobada. "
|
||
"Sin embargo, para los productos que tienen medidas fuera de esos valores, la"
|
||
" purueba no será aprobada. En ese caso, el empleado que hizo el control de "
|
||
"calidad debe crear una alerta de calidad desde la vista de tableta. El "
|
||
"equipo de gestión de calidad puede trabajar en esa alerta. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Compra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, "
|
||
"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate "
|
||
"replenishments and follow up on your orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La aplicación de **Compra de Odoo** le ayuda a llevar un seguimiento de los "
|
||
"acuerdos de compra, las cotizaciones y las órdenes de compra. Aprenda a "
|
||
"automatizar el proceso de reabastecimiento y a llevar un seguimiento tanto "
|
||
"de las ofertas de compra como de sus órdenes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Tutoriales de Odoo: Compra <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||
msgstr "Avanzado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
|
||
msgstr "Analice el rendimiento de sus compras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
|
||
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
|
||
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
|
||
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
|
||
"negotiate discounts on prices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si su empresa suele comprar productos, tiene varias razones para analizar su"
|
||
" rendimiento. Realizar este análisis le servirá para mejorar sus pronósticos"
|
||
" y planeación de sus futuras órdenes. Por ejemplo, puede evaluar si su "
|
||
"empresa depende de ciertos proveedores y esta información puede ayudarle a "
|
||
"negociar descuentos en los precios."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Generate customized reports"
|
||
msgstr "Generar reportes personalizados"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
|
||
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
|
||
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
|
||
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
|
||
" key metrics and a pivot table."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a *Reportes* para acceder al análisis de compras. Con solo acceder al "
|
||
"tablero de reportes, usted puede obtener una idea general de su rendimiento "
|
||
"real. De forma predeterminada, el tablero de reportes muestra un gráfico de "
|
||
"líneas que presenta la cantidad sin impuestos de sus órdenes de compra por "
|
||
"día, y en la parte inferior, las métricas principales y una tabla dinámica."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Tablero de reportes en Compras de Odoo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
|
||
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aunque los datos presentados al principio son útiles, hay varias "
|
||
"herramientas y funciones que puede utilizar para obtener aún más información"
|
||
" sobre sus compras."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
|
||
msgstr "Uso de filtros para seleccionar los datos necesarios"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
|
||
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
|
||
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
|
||
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
|
||
"filters are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo cuenta con varios filtros predeterminados que puede usar y combinar al "
|
||
"hacer clic en *Filtros*. Cuando se selecciona algún filtro, Odoo busca todas"
|
||
" las órdenes que coincidan con al menos un filtro seleccionado y completa el"
|
||
" gráfico, las métricas principales y la tabla dinámica con los datos. Los "
|
||
"filtros preconfigurados son:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
|
||
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
|
||
msgstr "Todas las *solicitudes de cotización*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
|
||
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
|
||
msgstr "Todas las *órdenes de compra*, con excepción de las canceladas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
|
||
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La *fecha de confirmación el año pasado* incluye todas las órdenes que se "
|
||
"confirmaron el año anterior, incluyendo las órdenes canceladas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
|
||
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La *fecha de la orden* incluye todas las órdenes, solicitudes de cotización "
|
||
"y órdenes de compra (incluyendo las canceladas), dependiendo de su fecha de "
|
||
"creación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
|
||
"depending on their date of confirmation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La *fecha de confirmación* incluye todas las órdenes confirmadas, incluso "
|
||
"las canceladas, dependiendo de su fecha de confirmación"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
|
||
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando tenga que seleccionar un periodo, puede elegir varios años y, si "
|
||
"selecciona al menos un año, también puede elegir varios trimestres y los "
|
||
"últimos tres meses del periodo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
|
||
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
|
||
" filtered with the previous one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si utiliza los filtros *Fecha de la orden* o *Fecha de confirmación*, la "
|
||
"función *Comparación* aparece junto a *Filtros*. Le permite comparar el "
|
||
"periodo filtrado con el anterior."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Filtros de reporte en Compras de Odoo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Add custom filters"
|
||
msgstr "Añadir filtros personalizados"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
|
||
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
|
||
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
|
||
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
|
||
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
|
||
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
|
||
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
|
||
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Gracias a las 31 opciones de filtros entre las que puede elegir, las "
|
||
"posibilidades de personalización de sus datos son casi ilimitadas. Vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Filtros --> Añadir filtro personalizado`, especifique la "
|
||
"condición que debe cumplir la opción de filtrado (por ejemplo, *es igual a*,"
|
||
" *contiene*, etc.) y haga clic en *Aplicar*. Si desea seleccionar órdenes "
|
||
"que cumplan varias condiciones a la vez (operador *y*), repita el proceso "
|
||
"para añadir otro filtro personalizado. Si desea utilizar el operador *o*, no"
|
||
" haga clic en *Aplicar*, y en su lugar haga clic en *Añadir una condición*. "
|
||
"Una vez que haya incluido todas las opciones de filtrado deseadas, haga clic"
|
||
" en *Aplicar*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Filtros de reportes personalizados en Compras de Odoo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
|
||
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
|
||
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
|
||
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para evitar tener que volver a crear los filtros personalizados en cada "
|
||
"ocasión, guárdelos haciendo clic en :menuselection:`Favoritos --> Guardar la"
|
||
" búsqueda actual --> Guardar`. A continuación, se puede acceder al filtro de"
|
||
" búsqueda personalizado haciendo clic en *Favoritos* o incluso se puede "
|
||
"establecer como filtro predeterminado al acceder al tablero de reportes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
|
||
msgstr "Seleccionar las medidas deseadas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
|
||
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
|
||
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
|
||
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
|
||
"the top right of the dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Antes de seleccionar las medidas que desea implementar, debe decidir si "
|
||
"prefiere utilizar la vista de gráfico o la vista de tabla dinámica. El "
|
||
"tablero se presenta de forma predeterminada en ambas vistas. Sin embargo, no"
|
||
" se aplicarán las medidas que seleccione a ambas vistas. Puede acceder a "
|
||
"cada vista por separado haciendo clic en los iconos de la parte superior "
|
||
"derecha del tablero."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Cambiar la vista de reportes en Compras de Odoo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
|
||
msgid "Visualize your data"
|
||
msgstr "Visualizar datos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
|
||
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
|
||
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
|
||
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede transformar el gráfico principal con un solo clic al seleccionar uno "
|
||
"de los tres gráficos: barra, línea o circular. Aunque existan catorce "
|
||
"medidas diferentes, solo puede utilizar una a la vez. En cambio, puede "
|
||
"agrupar la medida utilizando uno o varios de los 19 *Grupos*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Vista de gráfico de informes en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
|
||
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
|
||
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
|
||
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
|
||
"displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el caso de los gráficos de barras y líneas, la medida seleccionada es el "
|
||
"eje Y, y el primer grupo que seleccione se utilizará para crear el eje X. Si"
|
||
" se añaden más grupos, se añaden líneas adicionales (gráfico de líneas) o el"
|
||
" gráfico de barras se transforma en un gráfico de barras apiladas. En el "
|
||
"caso de los gráficos circulares, mientras más grupos se seleccionen, se "
|
||
"mostrarán más secciones."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Explore your data"
|
||
msgstr "Analizar datos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
|
||
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
|
||
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
|
||
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
|
||
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
|
||
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
|
||
" so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La vista de tabla dinámica le permite analizar sus datos con gran detalle. "
|
||
"Al contrario de la vista de gráfico, la vista de tabla dinámica permite "
|
||
"añadir varias medidas al mismo tiempo. Si hace clic en los botones de "
|
||
"*Medidas* o *+* ubicados en la columna de *Total*, podrá agregar todas las "
|
||
"medidas que desee, cada una en una nueva columna. Si hace clic en el botón "
|
||
"*+* ubicado en la fila de *Total*, podrá agregar *Grupos*. Si hace clic en "
|
||
"el botón *+* de un grupo, podrá añadir un subgrupo y así sucesivamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Vista de tabla dinámica en Compras de Odoo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
|
||
"export it as an Excel file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede insertar su tabla dinámica directamente en la aplicación Hoja de "
|
||
"cálculo o exportarla como archivo de Excel."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manage deals"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar ofertas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders"
|
||
msgstr "Acuerdos de compra: órdenes generales y convocatorias de ofertas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: "
|
||
"blanket orders and call for tenders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Hay dos tipos principales de acuerdos de compra preconfiguradas en Odoo: "
|
||
"órdenes generales y convocatoria de ofertas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to "
|
||
"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your "
|
||
"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same "
|
||
"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different "
|
||
"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process "
|
||
"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las órdenes generales son acuerdos a largo plazo entre una empresa y un "
|
||
"proveedor para suministrar productos de forma recurrente con un precio "
|
||
"predeterminado. Se recomienda que su empresa considere la posibilidad de "
|
||
"utilizarlos cuando compre con frecuencia los mismos productos al mismo "
|
||
"proveedor en cantidades variables y/o en diferentes momentos. Entre sus "
|
||
"muchas ventajas, puede ahorrar tiempo, ya que se simplifica el proceso de "
|
||
"compra, y dinero, ya que los precios al por mayor son mejores."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple "
|
||
"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often "
|
||
"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods "
|
||
"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal "
|
||
"among several vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las convocatorias de ofertas utilizan un procedimiento especial para "
|
||
"solicitar ofertas a varios proveedores al mismo tiempo. Aunque las "
|
||
"organizaciones del sector público suelen estar obligadas por ley a publicar "
|
||
"convocatorias de ofertas cuando quieren adquirir bienes o servicios, las "
|
||
"organizaciones privadas también pueden utilizarlas para conseguir la mejor "
|
||
"oferta entre varios proveedores."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Enable purchase agreements"
|
||
msgstr "Habilitar los acuerdos de compra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate *Purchase Agreements*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde la aplicación de compras, vaya a :menuselección:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes` y active *Acuerdos de compra*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable purchase agreements in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Active los contratos de compra en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements"
|
||
msgstr "Configurar o crear nuevos tipos de acuerdos de compra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured "
|
||
"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase "
|
||
"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls "
|
||
"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure "
|
||
"the:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Antes de empezar a utilizar los acuerdos de compra, asegúrese de haberlos "
|
||
"configurado a su gusto yendo a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Tipos de "
|
||
"acuerdos de compra`. Una vez ahí, puede editar las órdenes generales y las "
|
||
"convocatorias de ofertas o *Crear* un nuevo tipo de acuerdo de compra. Puede"
|
||
" configurar:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement."
|
||
msgstr "Tipo de acuerdo: el nombre que quiere dar al acuerdo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using "
|
||
"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both"
|
||
" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only "
|
||
"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where "
|
||
"you only want to select a single vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Tipo de selección de acuerdos: puede seleccionar varias ofertas utilizando "
|
||
"*Seleccionar varias solicitudes de cotización (no exclusivas)*, cuya "
|
||
"configuración predeterminada es tanto para las órdenes generales como para "
|
||
"las convocatorias de ofertas, o una sola oferta utilizando *Seleccionar una "
|
||
"sola solicitud de cotización (exclusiva)*, que a veces es necesaria para las"
|
||
" convocatorias de ofertas en las que solo se desea seleccionar a un único "
|
||
"proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, "
|
||
"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your"
|
||
" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines "
|
||
"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-"
|
||
"filled in with that information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Líneas: por lo general, siempre querrá seleccionar *Usar líneas de acuerdo*,"
|
||
" que son las diferentes líneas de producto que se pueden configurar cuando "
|
||
"establezca su acuerdo de compra. Sin embargo, puede seleccionar *No crear "
|
||
"líneas de solicitud de cotización automáticamente* si desea que sus "
|
||
"solicitudes de cotización no se completen con esa información."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify "
|
||
"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new "
|
||
"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set "
|
||
"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities"
|
||
" of agreement*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cantidades: si utiliza líneas de acuerdos, también puede especificar de "
|
||
"forma independiente si las cantidades de los productos deben utilizarse para"
|
||
" completar las nuevas solicitudes de cotización. La opción predeterminada de"
|
||
" las órdenes generales es *Fijar las cantidades manualmente*, en cambio, "
|
||
"para las convocatorias de ofertas se establece *Utilizar las cantidades del "
|
||
"acuerdo*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure purchase agreements types in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Configure tipos de contratos de compra en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Set up a blanket order"
|
||
msgstr "Establecer una orden general"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
|
||
" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. "
|
||
"The other fields aren't mandatory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a :menuselection:`Órdenes --> Acuerdos de compra y haga clic en "
|
||
"*Crear*. Seleccione *Orden general* como su *Tipo de acuerdo*. Después, "
|
||
"seleccione el proveedor. Los demás campos no son obligatorios."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can "
|
||
"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with"
|
||
" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If "
|
||
"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is"
|
||
" only used for informational purposes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después, añada los productos que desea ordenar y su precio. Tenga en cuenta "
|
||
"que también puede añadir una *Cantidad* para cada producto, por ejemplo, si "
|
||
"acordó con su proveedor pedir una cantidad mínima específica cada vez o en "
|
||
"total. Si configuró su orden general como * Establecer cantidades "
|
||
"manualmente*, esto solo se utiliza con fines informativos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set up a blanket order in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Configure una orden abierta en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
|
||
"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on "
|
||
"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready "
|
||
"to be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También puede escribir los *Términos y condiciones* al final del acuerdo. "
|
||
"Una vez que esté satisfecho con su orden general, haga clic en *Confirmar*. "
|
||
"Su estado cambiará de *Borrador* a *En proceso* y estará listo para usarse."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order"
|
||
msgstr "Crear solicitudes de cotización a partir de la orden general"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need "
|
||
"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for "
|
||
"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket"
|
||
" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, "
|
||
"product lines can also be pre-filled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora puede crear nuevas cotizaciones desde la orden general cada vez que lo"
|
||
" necesite, solo debe hacer clic en *Nueva cotización*. Odoo completará "
|
||
"automáticamente las solicitudes de cotización con la información definida "
|
||
"inicialmente cuando se configuró la orden general. Dependiendo cómo "
|
||
"configuró el *Tipo de acuerdo de compra*, puede que también se completen las"
|
||
" líneas de productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under "
|
||
"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Podrá ver todas las solicitudes de cotización hechas a partir de la orden "
|
||
"general al hacer clic en *RFQ/Órdenes*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create new quotations for an ongoing blanket order in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Crear nuevas cotizaciones para una orden abierta activa en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it"
|
||
" to an existing *Blanket Order*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También puede crear una *solicitud de cotización* como lo haría normalmente "
|
||
"para después vincularla con una *orden general* existente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Órdenes generales y reabastecimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment "
|
||
"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed,"
|
||
" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is"
|
||
" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se pueden usar las órdenes generales para :doc:`automated replenishment "
|
||
"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, ya que una vez que se confirma una "
|
||
"orden general, se agrega una nueva línea de proveedor a su producto. "
|
||
"Asegúrese de que, en caso de tener varios proveedores vinculados a su "
|
||
"producto, el proveedor relacionado se encuentre en primera posición."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Blanket order added to product configuration in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Un orden abierta que se agrego a la configuración de un producto en Compras "
|
||
"de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Set up a call for tenders"
|
||
msgstr "Proponer una convocatoria de ofertas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
|
||
" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't"
|
||
" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an "
|
||
"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for "
|
||
"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vaya a :menuselection:`Órdenes --> Acuerdos de compra` y haga clic en "
|
||
"*Crear*. Seleccione *Convocatoria de ofertas* como *Tipo de acuerdo*. Los "
|
||
"otros campos no son obligatorios pero puede añadir la fecha de entrega y "
|
||
"fijar una fecha límite. Por lo general, no se selecciona un proveedor para "
|
||
"las convocatorias de ofertas, ya que lo que se busca es obtener ofertas de "
|
||
"varios proveedores."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for"
|
||
" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you "
|
||
"their best quote."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A continuación, añada los productos que desea ordenar y la cantidad. En el "
|
||
"caso de las convocatorias de ofertas, lo normal es no añadir el precio, ya "
|
||
"que los proveedores deben ofrecerle su mejor precio."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
|
||
"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"También puede añadir sus *Términos y condiciones* en la parte inferior del "
|
||
"acuerdo. Una vez que haya terminado, haga clic en *Confirmar*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set up a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Configure una licitación en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders"
|
||
msgstr "Solicitud de cotizaciones de la convocatoria de ofertas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New "
|
||
"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for"
|
||
" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you "
|
||
"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send "
|
||
"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process "
|
||
"for each vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora puede solicitar nuevas cotizaciones provenientes de la convocatoria de"
|
||
" ofertas. Haga clic en *Nueva cotización* y seleccione uno de los "
|
||
"proveedores que desee invitar a la convocatoria de ofertas. Las líneas de "
|
||
"producto también deberían estar precompletadas, dependiendo de como "
|
||
"configuró el *Tipo de acuerdo de compra*. Haga clic en *Enviar por correo "
|
||
"electrónico* para enviarlo al proveedor. Vuelva a la convocatoria de ofertas"
|
||
" y repita este proceso para cada proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Request a quotation from a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Solicite una cotización desde una licitación en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving "
|
||
"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, "
|
||
"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que haya recibido las cotizaciones de cada proveedor, haga clic en "
|
||
"*Validar* para continuar con la selección del licitador. Después haga clic "
|
||
"en RFQs/Órdenes para ver todas las cotizaciones de proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate a call for tenders and view all quotations in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Valide una licitación y vea todas las cotizaciones en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your "
|
||
"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and "
|
||
"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. "
|
||
"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Haga clic en cada solicitud de cotización para añadir manualmente el precio "
|
||
"que le hayan indicado sus proveedores. Una vez hecho esto, seleccione la "
|
||
"mejor oferta y haga clic en *Confirmar orden*. De esta manera se cerrará "
|
||
"automáticamente la convocatoria de ofertas y podrá continuar con la orden de"
|
||
" compra de forma normal."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Confirm an order in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Confirmar una orden en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Llevar un control y saber cuándo deben pagarse las facturas de los "
|
||
"proveedores"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each "
|
||
"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: "
|
||
"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check "
|
||
"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede definir la manera en la cuál se manejan sus facturas de proveedor. En "
|
||
"cuanto al pago de dichas facturas, puede pagar antes o después de haber "
|
||
"recibido sus productos. También podrá ver un resumen del estado de "
|
||
"facturación de cada orden de compra."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on "
|
||
"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know"
|
||
" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or "
|
||
"fraudulent vendor bills."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La función de verificación de 3 pasos permite que Odoo compare la "
|
||
"información de la *Orden de compra*, la *Factura de proveedor* y la "
|
||
"*Recepción* para saber cuándo debe pagar la factura. De esta manera puede "
|
||
"evitar pagar la factura incorrecta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Vendor bills default control policy"
|
||
msgstr "Política de control predeterminada para las facturas de proveedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control "
|
||
"policy for all the products created onwards."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero, abra la aplicación de Compras y vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` para establecer la política de "
|
||
"control de facturas predeterminada para todos los productos que se van a "
|
||
"crear después."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Vendor bills default control setting for new products in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ajustes de control predeterminados en las facturas de proveedor en Compras "
|
||
"de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon "
|
||
"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are "
|
||
"used to generate the draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si selecciona *Sobre cantidades pedidas*, puede crear una factura de "
|
||
"proveedor al momento de confirmar una orden. Se usarán las cantidades "
|
||
"incluidas en la orden de compra para crear el borrador de factura."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once"
|
||
" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The "
|
||
"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try"
|
||
" to create one without having received any product, you get an error "
|
||
"message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En cambio, si selecciona *Sobre cantidades recibidas*, solo puede crear una "
|
||
"factura después de recibir algunos de los productos ordenados. Se usarán las"
|
||
" cantidades recibidas para generar el borrador de factura. Si intenta crear "
|
||
"una sin haber recibido ningún producto puede obtener un mensaje de error."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "No invoiceable line error message in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Mensaje de error que indica una línea no facturable en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Change a specific product's control policy"
|
||
msgstr "Cambiar la política de control de un producto específico. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to "
|
||
"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control "
|
||
"policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si desea modificar la política de control de un producto específico, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Productos --> Productos`, haga clic en *Editar* y vaya a la "
|
||
"*pestaña de compras*. Ahí podrá cambiar la política de control de facturas "
|
||
"predeterminada de un producto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47
|
||
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
|
||
msgstr "Ver el estado de facturación de una orden"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the"
|
||
" *Other Information* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que confirme una orden, puede ver su *Estado de facturación* yendo a"
|
||
" la pestaña *Más información*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase order billing status in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Estado de facturación de una orden de compra en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they "
|
||
"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La siguiente lista contiene los diferentes *Estados de facturación* y en qué"
|
||
" momento se muestran, según la política de control de facturación de los "
|
||
"productos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
|
||
msgid "**Billing status**"
|
||
msgstr "**Estado de facturación**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
|
||
msgid "**Conditions**"
|
||
msgstr "**Condiciones**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
|
||
msgid "*On received quantities*"
|
||
msgstr "*Sobre cantidades recibidas*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
|
||
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
|
||
msgstr "*Sobre cantidades pedidas*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||
msgid "*Nothing to Bill*"
|
||
msgstr "*Nada a facturar*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
|
||
msgstr "Orden de compra confirmada, no se han recibido productos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||
msgid "*(Not applicable)*"
|
||
msgstr "*(No aplicable)*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||
msgid "*Waiting Bills*"
|
||
msgstr "*Esperando facturas*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
|
||
msgstr "Todos/algunos productos recibidos; factura no creada"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed"
|
||
msgstr "Orden de compra confirmada"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||
msgid "*Fully Billed*"
|
||
msgstr "*Totalmente facturado*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr "Todos/algunos productos recibidos; borrador de factura creado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr "Borrador de factura creado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr "Determine el momento de pago con la verificación de 3 pasos "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way"
|
||
" matching*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y active la "
|
||
"*verificación de 3 pasos*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "3-way-matching setting in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Ajuste de verificación de 3 pasos en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On "
|
||
"received quantities*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se espera que la verificación de 3 pasos funcione con la política de control"
|
||
" de facturas establecida en *Sobre cantidades recibidas*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84
|
||
msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?"
|
||
msgstr "¿Debería pagar la factura de proveedor?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be "
|
||
"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con la función activada, ahora sus facturas de proveedores mostrarán el "
|
||
"campo *Se debe pagar* en la pestaña *Más información*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Should Be Paid field under a vendor bill in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Campo de Debe pagarse en la factura de prveedor de Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if "
|
||
"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have "
|
||
"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* "
|
||
"when you create one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Como no se puede crear una factura hasta que se hayan recibido los productos"
|
||
" (si no se han recibido todos, Odoo solo incluirá los productos recibidos en"
|
||
" el borrador de la factura), el estado *Se debe pagar* se establece en *Sí* "
|
||
"cuando se crea una."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, "
|
||
"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It"
|
||
" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason "
|
||
"to have done so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si edita un borrador de factura para aumentar la cantidad facturada, cambiar"
|
||
" el precio o añadir otros productos, el estado *Se debe pagar* se convierte "
|
||
"en *Excepción*. Esto significa que Odoo nota la diferencia, pero reconoce "
|
||
"que usted podría tener una razón válida para haberlo hecho."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be "
|
||
"Paid* status is set to *No*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez que se registre el pago y aparezca como *Pagado*, el estado *Se debe"
|
||
" pagar* cambia a *No*"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Paid bill in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Factura de cliente pagada en Odoo Compras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can "
|
||
"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Odoo establece automáticamente el estado *Se debe pagar*. Sin embargo, puede"
|
||
" cambiarlo de forma manual desde el modo de edición de la factura."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage vendor bills"
|
||
msgstr "Gestionar facturas de proveedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a "
|
||
"company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive"
|
||
" from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services "
|
||
"purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una *factura de proveedor* es una factura que se recibe para bienes y/o "
|
||
"servicios que una empresa adquiere de un proveedor. Estas facturas registran"
|
||
" todo lo que llega de los proveedores que se debe pagar y puede incluir "
|
||
"importes adeudados por lo bienes y/o servicios adquiridos, impuestos sobre "
|
||
"las ventas, cargos de transporte, envíos y mucho más. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing "
|
||
"process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app"
|
||
" settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En Odoo, una factura de proveedor se puede crear en diferentes puntos del "
|
||
"proceso de compra, dependinedo de la política de *control de facturas* "
|
||
"configruada en los ajustes de la aplicación *Compra*. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Bill control policies"
|
||
msgstr "Políticas de control de facturación "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll "
|
||
"down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para ver y editar las políticas de control de facturas que están "
|
||
"configuradas de manera predeterminada y hacerles cambios, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Aplicación de compra --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y baje "
|
||
"hasta la sección de :guilabel:`Facturación`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a "
|
||
"policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Aquí hay dos opciones de políticas: :guilabel:`Control de facturas` y "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidades recibidas`. Después de seleccionar una política, haga "
|
||
"clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Política de control de facturas en los ajustes de la aplicación Compra. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The "
|
||
"definition of each policy is as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La política seleccionada será la que se usará de manera predeterminada para "
|
||
"cualquier nuevo producto que cree. La definición de cada política es la "
|
||
"siguiente: "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase "
|
||
"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are "
|
||
"used to generate a draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidades ordenadas`: crea una factura de proveedor tan pronto "
|
||
"como se confirma una orden de compra. Los productos y cantidades en la orden"
|
||
" de compra se usan para generar un borrador de factura. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of "
|
||
"the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** "
|
||
"are used to generate a draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidades recibidas`: se crea una factura solamente **después** "
|
||
"de que una parte o el total de la orden se recibió. Los productos y "
|
||
"cantidades **recibidos** se usan para generar un borrador de factura. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control "
|
||
"policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a "
|
||
"product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si un producto necesita una política de control diferente, la que está "
|
||
"configurada de manera predeterminada se puede sobreescribir en la pestaña de"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Compra` en el formulario del producto y modifique el campo de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Política de control`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Control policy field on product form."
|
||
msgstr "Campo de control de políticas en el formulario del producto. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46
|
||
msgid "3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr "Asignación de 3-vías"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of "
|
||
"the products included in the purchase order have actually been received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La *verificación en 3 pasos* asegura que las facturas solo se paguen una vez"
|
||
" que reciba una parte de (o todos) los productos incluidos en la orden de "
|
||
"compra. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check"
|
||
" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
|
||
"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para activarlo, vaya a la :menuselection:`Aplicación Compra --> "
|
||
"Configuración --> Ajustes` y baje hasta la sección de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Facturación`. Luego, seleccione la casilla que está junto a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Verificación en 3 pasos: compras, recepciones y facturas` y haga "
|
||
"clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La :guilabel:`verificación en 3 pasos` **solo** tiene el propósito de "
|
||
"trabajar con la política de :guilabel:`Control de facturas` establecida en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidades recibidas`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings."
|
||
msgstr "Activación de la verificación de 3 pasos en los ajustes de compra. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts"
|
||
msgstr "Cree y gestione facturas de proveedor en los recibos "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created."
|
||
" Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to "
|
||
"create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on "
|
||
"the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is "
|
||
"completed at different steps of the procurement process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando se reciben los productos en el almacén de una empresa se crean los "
|
||
"recibos. Una vez que la empresa procesa las cantidades recibidas, puede "
|
||
"crear una factura de proveedor directamente desde el formulario de recibo "
|
||
"del almacén. Dependiendo de la política de control de facturas que eligió en"
|
||
" los ajustes, crear una factura de proveedor finalizará en diferentes etapas"
|
||
" del proceso de abastecimiento. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72
|
||
msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con la política de control de facturas establecida en cantidades ordenadas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*"
|
||
" bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
|
||
"section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill "
|
||
"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear y gestionar facturas de proveedor en los recibos usando la "
|
||
"política de control de facturas de *cantidades ordenadas*, vaya a la "
|
||
":menuselection:`Aplicación Compra --> Configuración --> Ajustes`, baje hasta"
|
||
" la sección de :guilabel:`Facturación` y seleccione :guilabel:`Cantidades "
|
||
"ordenadas` en :guilabel:`Control de facturas`. Luego, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Compra` y haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Crear` para crear una nueva solicitud de cotización. Al hacerlo, "
|
||
"aparecerá un formulario detallado para una solicitud de cotización. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for "
|
||
"quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el formulario de detalles en blanco, agregue un proveedor a la solicitud "
|
||
"de cotización en el campo :guilabel:`Proveedor` y agregue productos a las "
|
||
"líneas de :guilabel:`Producto` haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una "
|
||
"línea`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, confirme la solicitud de cotización haciendo clic en el botón de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirmar orden` que está en la parte superior del formulario de "
|
||
"detalles. De esta manera, la solicitud de cotización se convertirá en una "
|
||
"orden de compra. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for "
|
||
"the purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Crear factura` para crear una "
|
||
"factura de proveedor para la orden de compra. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft "
|
||
"Bill` page for the purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al hacer clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Crear factura` aparecerá una página "
|
||
"para el :guilabel:`Borrador de factura` para la orden de compra. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify "
|
||
"the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed,"
|
||
" add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el :guilabel:`Borrador de factura`, haga clic en el botón de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Editar` para modificar la factura y agregue una fecha de "
|
||
"facturación en el campo de :guilabel:`Fecha de factura`. Si es necesario, "
|
||
"agregue productos adicionales en las líneas de :guilabel:`Producto` haciendo"
|
||
" clic en :guilabel:`Agregar línea` en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Líneas de "
|
||
"facturación`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, confirme la factura haciendo clic en el botón de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirmar` en la página del :guilabel:`Borrador de factura`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill"
|
||
" can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been "
|
||
"received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puesto que la política de control de facturas está establecida en "
|
||
"*cantidades ordenadas*, el borrador de factura se puede confirmar tan pronto"
|
||
" como se crea antes de que haya recibido los productos. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number,"
|
||
" which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> "
|
||
"Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment "
|
||
":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; "
|
||
"and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down "
|
||
"menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En la nueva :guilabel:`Factura de proveedor` agregue un número de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Referencia de factura` que puede usarse para conciliar la factura"
|
||
" con documentos adicionales (como la orden de compra). Luego, haga clic en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Confirmar --> Registrar pago`. Al hacerlo, aparecerá una "
|
||
"ventana emergente dónde puede escoger un :guilabel:`Diario` de pagos, un "
|
||
":guilabel:`Método de pago` y una :guilabel:`Cuenta bancaria receptora` desde"
|
||
" un menú desplegable. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. "
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` "
|
||
"banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Además, la :guilabel:`Cantidad`, la :guilabel:`Fecha de pago` y el "
|
||
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Número de referencia`) de la factura se pueden "
|
||
"cambiar desde esta ventana emergente. Una vez que esté listo, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Crear pago` para finalizar la creación de una :guilabel:`Factura "
|
||
"de proveedor`. Al hacerlo, aparecerá un panel de color verde que dirá "
|
||
":guilabel:`En proceso de pago` en el formulario de la solicitud de "
|
||
"cotización. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Formluario de la factura de proveedor para la política de control sobre "
|
||
"cantidades ordenadas. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` "
|
||
"or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a "
|
||
"vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the "
|
||
"customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods "
|
||
"returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cada factura de proveedor proporciona la opción de :guilabel:`Agregar una "
|
||
"nota de crédito` o :guilabel:`Agregar una nota de débito`. Una *nota de "
|
||
"crédito* se emite normalmente cuando a un proveedor de bienes se le regresa "
|
||
"una parte de la cantidad de los productos que vendió, mientras que las "
|
||
"*notas de débito* son para los bienes que el cliente/comprador le regresa al"
|
||
" proveedor. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128
|
||
msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Con la política de control de factura establecida sobre cantidades recibidas"
|
||
" "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any "
|
||
"quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control "
|
||
"policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before "
|
||
"proceeding."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si intenta crear una factura de proveedor sin haber recibido ninguno de los "
|
||
"productos (mientras tiene establecida la política de control de facturas en "
|
||
"*cantidades recibidas*), aparecerá un mensaje de error y debe cambiar los "
|
||
"ajustes antes de continuar. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received "
|
||
"quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
|
||
"section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill "
|
||
"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para crear y gestionar facturas de proveedor en los recibos usando el "
|
||
"control de políticas de facturas sobre *cantidades recibidas* vaya a la "
|
||
":menuselection:`Aplicación Compra --> Configuración --> Ajustes`, baje hasta"
|
||
" la seccion de :guilabel:`Facturación` y seleccione :guilabel:`Cantidades "
|
||
"recibidas` en el :guilabel:`Control de facturas`. Luego, haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a "
|
||
"blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Compra` y haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Crear` para crear una nueva solicitud de cotización. Al hacerlo, "
|
||
"aparecerá el formulario en blanco de detalles para una solicitud de "
|
||
"cotización. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the "
|
||
"purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Finalemnte, haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Crear factura` para crear "
|
||
"una factura para la orden de compra. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will"
|
||
" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items "
|
||
"included on the order to create a vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Hacer clic en :guilabel:`Crear factura` antes de recibir los productos, "
|
||
"aparecerá una ventana emergente con un mensaje de :guilabel:`Error de "
|
||
"usuario`. La :guilabel:`Orden de compra` requiere que reciba por lo menos "
|
||
"una parte de los artículos incluidos en la orden para crear la factura de "
|
||
"proveedor. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ventana emergente con el mensaje de error de usuario para la política de "
|
||
"control sobre cantidades recibidas. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse "
|
||
"receipt form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, haga clic en el botón inteligente de :guilabel:`Recepción` para ver "
|
||
"el formulario de recepción del almacén. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to "
|
||
"mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el formulario de recepción del almacén, haga clic en "
|
||
":menuselection:`Validar --> Aplicar` para marcar las cantidades como "
|
||
":guilabel:`Recibidas`. Luego, regrese a la :menuselection:`Orden de compra` "
|
||
"(a través de las migas de pan) y haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Crear "
|
||
"factura` en el formulario de la orden de compra. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Al hacerlo, aparecerá el :guilabel:`Borrador de factura` para la orden de "
|
||
"compra. En el :guilabel:`Borrador de factura`, haga clic en el botón de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Editar` y agregue una :guilabel:`Fecha de factura`. Si es "
|
||
"necesario, agregue productos adicionales a las líneas de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Producto` haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Agregar línea`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft "
|
||
"Bill`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Confirmar` para confirmar el "
|
||
":guilabel:`Borrador de factura`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft "
|
||
"bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are "
|
||
"received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puesto que la política de control de facturas está establecida en "
|
||
"*cantidades recibidas*, el borrador de factura **solamente** se puede "
|
||
"confirmar cuando reciba por lo menos una parte de las cantidades que ordenó."
|
||
" "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. "
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor "
|
||
"bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Además, puede cambiar el :guilabel:`Importe`, la :guilabel:`Fecha de pago` y"
|
||
" el :guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Número de referencia`) desde esta ventana "
|
||
"emergente. Una vez que todo esté listo, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear pago` "
|
||
"para terminar de crear su factura de proveedor. Al hacerlo, aparecerá un "
|
||
"panel de color verde que dice **En proceso de pago** en el formulario de la "
|
||
"solicitud de cotización. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191
|
||
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting"
|
||
msgstr "Cree y gestione facturas de proveedor desde Contabilidad"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, "
|
||
"**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las facturas de proveedor también se pueden crear directamente desde la "
|
||
"aplicación *Contabilidad* de Odoo, **sin** tener que crear primero una orden"
|
||
" de compra. Para hacerlo, vaya a la :menuselection:`Aplicación Contabilidad"
|
||
" --> Proveedores --> Facturas` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear`. Al hacerlo,"
|
||
" aparecerá el formulario en blanco para los detalles de una factura de "
|
||
"proveedor. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines "
|
||
"(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any "
|
||
"other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
|
||
"the bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este formulario en blanco de detalles de la factura de proveedor, agregue"
|
||
" un proveedor en el campo :guilabel:`Proveedor` y agregue prodcutos en las "
|
||
"líneas de :guilabel:`Producto` (en la pestaña :guilabel:`Líneas de "
|
||
"factura`) haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Agregar línea`. Luego, agregue una "
|
||
"fecha de factura en el campo :guilabel:`Fecha de factura` y más información "
|
||
"que considere necesaria. Por último, haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` para"
|
||
" confirmar la factura. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration "
|
||
"on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde aquí, haga clic en la pestaña de :guilabel:`Apuntes contables` para "
|
||
"ver (o cambiar) los diarios :guilabel:`Contables` que se llenan con base en "
|
||
"la configuración correspondiente de los formularios de :guilabel:`Proveedor`"
|
||
" y :guilabel:`Producto`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add"
|
||
" credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` "
|
||
"number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar nota de crédito` o :guilabel:`Agrega "
|
||
"una nota de débito` para agregar notas de crédito o débito a la factura. O, "
|
||
"agregue un número de :guilabel:`Referencia de factura` (mientras está en el "
|
||
"modo :guilabel:`Editar`). "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`"
|
||
" to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando todo esté listo, haga clic en :menuselection:`Registrar pago --> "
|
||
"Crear Pago` para finalizar la :guilabel:`Factura de proveedor`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down "
|
||
"menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase "
|
||
"order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from"
|
||
" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para conciliar una factura de proveedor con una orden de compra ya "
|
||
"existente, haga clic en el menú desplegable que está junto a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Completar automáticamente` y seleccione la orden de compra en el "
|
||
"menú. La factura se llenará automáticamente con la infromación de la orden "
|
||
"de compra. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Lista desplegable de autocompletado en el borrador de la factura de "
|
||
"proveedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222
|
||
msgid "Batch billing"
|
||
msgstr "Facturación por lotes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* "
|
||
"app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las facturas de proveedor se pueden procesar y gestionar por lotes desde la "
|
||
"aplicación *Contabilidad*. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. "
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This "
|
||
"selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para hacerlo, vaya a la :menuselection:`Aplicación Contabilidad --> "
|
||
"Proveedores --> Facturas`. Luego, haga clic en la :guilabel:`casilla` que "
|
||
"está en la parte superior izquierda de la página junto a la columna de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Número`, en el botón :guilabel:`Crear`. Esto selecciona todas las"
|
||
" facturas de vendedor existentes en :guilabel:`Estado` de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Publicado` o :guilabel:`Borrador`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send"
|
||
" & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices "
|
||
"or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process "
|
||
"payments for multiple vendor bills at once."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Desde aquí, haga clic en el ícono de engranaje de :guilabel:`Acción` para "
|
||
"exportar, eliminar o enviar e imprimir las facturas. Haga clic en el ícono "
|
||
"de :guilabel:`Imprimir` para imprimir las facturas o haga clic en "
|
||
":guilabel:`Registrar Pago` para crear y procesar los pagos para múltiples "
|
||
"facturas de proveedor de una sola vez. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this "
|
||
"pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` "
|
||
"field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and "
|
||
"choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando seleccione la opción :guilabel:`Registrar pago` aparecerá una ventana"
|
||
" emergente. En esta ventana, seleccione el diario correspondiente en el "
|
||
"campo de :guilabel:`Diario`, elija una fecha de pago en el campo de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Fecha de pago` y un :guilabel:`Método de pago`. También tiene la "
|
||
"opción de :guilabel:`Agrupar pagos` desde esta ventana. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a "
|
||
"list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are"
|
||
" all tied to their appropriate vendor bills."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuando esté listo, haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Crear pago`, el cual "
|
||
"crea una lista de asientos contables en una página por separado. Está lista "
|
||
"de asientos contables está conciliada con su factura de proveedor "
|
||
"correspondiente. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up."
|
||
msgstr "Ventana emergente de registro de facturación por lotes. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will "
|
||
"only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Posted`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La opción de :guilabel:`Registrar pago` para las facturas de proveedor por "
|
||
"lotes solo funcionará para los asientos contables en :guilabel:`Estado` de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Publicado`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Configure reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr "Configure reglas de abastecimiento "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a "
|
||
"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering "
|
||
"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that"
|
||
" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls"
|
||
" below a set threshold."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para algunos productos, es necesario asegurar que siempre haya una cantida "
|
||
"disponible para cualquier momento. Al agregar reglas de abastecimiento a un "
|
||
"producto, es posible automatizar el proceso de abastecimiento para que la "
|
||
"orden de compra se cree automáticamente en cuanto la cantidad disponible "
|
||
"esté por debajo del umbral establecido. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11
|
||
msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El módulo *Inventario* debe estar instalado para usar las reglas de "
|
||
"abastecimiento. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Configure products for reordering"
|
||
msgstr "Configure productos para abastecerlos "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can "
|
||
"be added to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Los productos deben estar configurados de una manera específica para poder "
|
||
"agregarles reglas de abastecimiento. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> "
|
||
"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. "
|
||
"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click "
|
||
"into it's product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Empezando desde el módulo :menuselection:`Inventario`, "
|
||
":menuselection:`Fabricación`, :menuselection:`Compras`, o "
|
||
":menuselection:`Ventas`, vaya a :menuselection:`Productos --> Productos` y "
|
||
"haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` para crear un nuevo producto. También puede "
|
||
"elegir un producto ya existente en su base de datos y hacer clic en el "
|
||
"formulario del producto. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can "
|
||
"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. "
|
||
"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Luego, en el formulario del producto, active el abastecimiento seleccionando"
|
||
" la opción :guilabel:`Se puede comprar` que está debajo del campo "
|
||
":guilabel:`Nombre del prodcuto`. Finalmente establezca el :guilabel:`Tipo de"
|
||
" producto` a :guilabel:`Producto almacenable` en la pestaña "
|
||
":guilabel:`Información general`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr "Configure un producto para abastecer en Odoo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product"
|
||
msgstr "Agregue una regla de abastecimiento a un producto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it "
|
||
"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of "
|
||
"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después de configurar adecuadamente un producto, puede agregar una orden de "
|
||
"abastecimiento haciendo clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Reglas de "
|
||
"abastecimiento` que ahora es visible en la parte superior del formulario del"
|
||
" prodcuto, y luego haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Crear` en el tablero de "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reglas de abastecimiento`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Acceda a las ordenes de abastecimiento para un producto desde la página del "
|
||
"producto en Odoo. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase "
|
||
"orders automatically by defining the following fields:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Una vez creado, las reglas de abastecimiento se pueden configurar para "
|
||
"generar órdenes de compra automáticamente definiendo los siguientes campos: "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored"
|
||
" once they are received and entered into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La :guilabel:`Ubicación` especifica dónde se deben almacenar las cantidades "
|
||
"ordenadas una vez que se reciben e ingresan a las existencias. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule "
|
||
"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on "
|
||
"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created "
|
||
"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"La :guilabel:`Cantidad mínima` establece el umbral más bajo para la regla de"
|
||
" abastecimiento, mientras que la :guilabel:`Cantidad máxima` establece el "
|
||
"umbral más alto. Si las existencias disponibles están en la cantidad mínima,"
|
||
" se creará una orden de compra para reabastecerlas a su cantidad máxima. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is "
|
||
"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be "
|
||
"created for 21 units of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la :guilabel:`Cantidad mínima` está establecida en `5` y la "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidad máxima` está establecida en `25` y las existencias "
|
||
"disponibles son cuatro, se creará una orden de compra para adquirir 21 "
|
||
"unidades del prodcuto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only "
|
||
"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, "
|
||
"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the "
|
||
"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max "
|
||
"Quantity` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede establecer una :guilabel:`Cantidad múltiple` para ordenar los "
|
||
"productos solo por lotes para ciertas cantidades. Dependiendo del número "
|
||
"establecido, esto puede resultar en la creación de una orden de compra que "
|
||
"establecerá las existencias resultantes dsiponibles por arriba de lo "
|
||
"especificado en el campo de :guilabel:`Cantidad máxima`. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple "
|
||
"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order "
|
||
"will be created for 200 units of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si la :guilabel:`Cantidad máxima` está establecida en `100` pero la "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cantidad múltiple` está establecida para ordenar el prodcuto en "
|
||
"lotes de `200`, se creará una orden de compra para 200 unidades del "
|
||
"prodcuto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will"
|
||
" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, "
|
||
"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for "
|
||
"non-discrete products like water or bricks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Las :guilabel:`UdM` especifican la unidad de medida para la cual se ordenará"
|
||
" la cantidad. Para productos discretos, esto debe estar establecido en "
|
||
"`Unidades`. Sin embargo, también puede estar establecido en unidades de "
|
||
"medida como `Volumen` o `Peso` para productos no discretos como agua o "
|
||
"ladrillos. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr "Configure la regla de abastecimiento en Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Active manualmente las reglas de abastecimiento usando el planificador "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which "
|
||
"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-"
|
||
"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El planificador activará automáticamente las reglas de abastecimiento, el "
|
||
"cual se activa una vez al día de manera predeterminada.Para activar las "
|
||
"reglas de abastecimiento manualmente, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario -->"
|
||
" Operaciones --> Activar planificador`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled "
|
||
"actions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Active manualmente las reglas de abastecimiento también activará otras "
|
||
"acciones planificadas. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Manage reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr "Gestione las reglas de abastecimiento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that "
|
||
"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the "
|
||
"top of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para gestionar las reglas de abastecimiento para un solo prodcuto, vaya a la"
|
||
" página del formulario del prodcuto y seleccione la pestaña "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reglas de abastecimiento` en la parte superior del formulario. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this"
|
||
" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting "
|
||
"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form "
|
||
"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para gestionar todas las reglas de abastecimiento para cada producto, vaya a"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Reglas de abastecimiento`."
|
||
" Desde este tablero, puede realizar las típicas acciones de Odoo en masa "
|
||
"como exportar datos o archivar reglas que ya no necesita. También están "
|
||
"disponibles los :guilabel:`Filtros`, :guilabel:`Agrupar por` o el menú de "
|
||
"tres puntos del formulario para que busque y/u organice las reglas de "
|
||
"abastecimiento que desee. "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
|
||
msgstr "Compre en unidades de medida diferentes a las de venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
|
||
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
|
||
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
|
||
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
|
||
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede que su proveedor use una unidad de medida diferente a la que usted "
|
||
"quiera usar cuando venda su producto. Esto puede causar confusión entre los "
|
||
"representantes de ventas y de compras. Además, es una pérdida de tiempo "
|
||
"convertir las medidas manualmente cada vez. Con Odoo, puede configurar su "
|
||
"producto una vez y dejar que Odoo se encargue de la conversión."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
|
||
msgstr "Considere los siguientes ejemplos:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
|
||
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Compra jugo de naranja a un vendedor estadounidense en **galones**. Sin "
|
||
"embargo, sus clientes son europeos y utilizan **litros**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
|
||
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Compra cortinas a un proveedor en **rollos** y vende partes de los rollos a "
|
||
"sus clientes en **metros cuadrados**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Enable units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Habilitar las unidades de medida"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
|
||
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Abra la aplicación de Ventas y vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> "
|
||
"Ajustes`. Abajo del catálogo del producto, habilite *Unidades de medida*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
|
||
msgstr "Habilite la opción de unidades de medida en Ventas de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Especificar las unidades de medida de compra y venta"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Standard units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Unidades de medida estándar"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
|
||
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
|
||
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Cuenta con una variedad de unidades de medida disponibles de forma "
|
||
"predeterminada en su base de datos. Cada una pertenece a una de las cinco "
|
||
"categorías de unidades de medida: *Longitud/Distancia*, *Unidad*, *Volumen*,"
|
||
" *Peso* y *Tiempo de trabajo*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
|
||
"(see next section)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Puede crear sus nuevas unidades de medida y categorías de unidades de medida"
|
||
" (consulte la siguiente sección)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
|
||
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
|
||
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
|
||
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
|
||
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para especificar las diferentes unidades de medida para las compras y las "
|
||
"ventas, abra su aplicación de Compra y vaya a :menuselection:`Productos --> "
|
||
"Productos`. Cree un producto o seleccione uno existente. Primero seleccione "
|
||
"la *Unidad de medida* a usar para Ventas (al igual que para otras "
|
||
"aplicaciones como Inventario) debajo de la pestaña *Información general*. "
|
||
"Después seleccione la *Unidad de medida para Compra* que se va a utilizar "
|
||
"para las compras."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
|
||
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
|
||
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
|
||
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Regresando al primer ejemplo, si compra jugo de naranja en **galones** y lo "
|
||
"vende en **litros**, debe seleccionar *L* (litros) como *Unidad de medida* y"
|
||
" *gal (US)* (galones) como *Unidad de medida para compra* y hacer clic en "
|
||
"*Guardar*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr "Configure las unidades de medida de un producto en Odoo "
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
|
||
msgstr "Crear nuevas unidades y categorías de medida."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
|
||
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
|
||
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A veces necesita crear sus propias unidades y categorías, ya sea porque no "
|
||
"está preconfigurada la medida en Odoo o porque las unidades no están "
|
||
"relacionadas entre ellas (por ejemplo, kilos y centímetros)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
|
||
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
|
||
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
|
||
" units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En el segundo ejemplo, se compran cortinas en **rollos** y se venden pedazos"
|
||
" de rollos en **metros cuadrados**, por lo que es necesario crear una nueva "
|
||
"categoría de unidades de medida para relacionarlas."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
|
||
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Categorías de "
|
||
"unidades medida`. y nombre la nueva categoría."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Cree una nueva categorría de unidades de medida en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"El siguiente paso es crear dos unidades de medida. Para hacerlo, vaya a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuración --> Unidades de medida`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
|
||
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
|
||
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
|
||
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
|
||
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
|
||
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Primero, cree la unidad de medida usada como punto de referencia para "
|
||
"convertir las demás unidades de medida dentro de la categoría que acaba de "
|
||
"crear. Seleccione *Referencia de unidad de medida para el tipo de categoría*"
|
||
" como *Tipo*. Establezca la *Precisión de redondeo* que le gustaría usar. La"
|
||
" cantidad calculada por Odoo siempre será un múltiplo de este valor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
|
||
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"En este ejemplo, como no puede comprar menos de 1 rollo y no usará "
|
||
"fracciones de rollo como unidad de medida, puede ingresar 1."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Cree una nueva unidad de medida de referencia en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
|
||
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
|
||
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
|
||
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
|
||
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
|
||
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
|
||
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Si usa una *Precisión de redondeo* inferior a 0.01, aparecerá un mensaje de "
|
||
"advertencia indicando que es mayor que la *Precisión decimal* y podría "
|
||
"causar problemas. Si desea usar una *Precisión de redondeo* menor a 0.01, "
|
||
"primero debe activar :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, e ir a "
|
||
":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico --> Estructura de la base de datos --> "
|
||
"Precisión decimal`, seleccionar *Unidad de medida del producto* y edite los "
|
||
"*Dígitos* como corresponda. Por ejemplo, si desea usar una precisión de "
|
||
"redondeo de 0.00001, establezca los *Dígitos* a 5."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
|
||
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
|
||
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Después cree una segunda unidad de medida, póngale nombre y seleccione la "
|
||
"misma categoría de unidad de medida que su unidad de referencia. Seleccione "
|
||
"*Menor* o *Mayor que la referencia de unidad de medida* como *Tipo*, según "
|
||
"su situación."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
|
||
"*Smaller*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Como el rollo de cortina equivale a 100 metros cuadrados, debería "
|
||
"seleccionar *Menor*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
|
||
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
|
||
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora, debe introducir el *Ratio* entre su unidad de referencia y la "
|
||
"segunda. Si la segunda unidad es más pequeña, el *Ratio* debe ser mayor que "
|
||
"1. Si la segunda unidad es mayor, el ratio debe ser menor que 1."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106
|
||
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
|
||
msgstr "Para el rollo de cortina, debe establecer un ratio de 100."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Cree una segunda unidad de medida en Compras de Odoo"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
|
||
"units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ahora puede establecer su producto como lo haría con las unidades de medida "
|
||
"estándar de Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Establezca una unidad de medida en un producto usando sus propias unidades "
|
||
"en Compras de Odoo"
|